CN113448387B

CN113448387B - Wearable equipment

Info

Publication number: CN113448387B
Application number: CN202011373181.4A
Authority: CN
Inventors: 杨波; 杨素林; 杨荣广; 赵梦龙; 李亚鹏; 黄洁静
Original assignee: Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Current assignee: Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date: 2020-03-27
Filing date: 2020-11-30
Publication date: 2025-01-28
Anticipated expiration: 2040-11-30
Also published as: CN113448385A; CN113448387A; CN113448386A; CN113439913A; CN113439912B; CN113448386B; CN113439912A; CN113448385B; CN113439913B

Abstract

An embodiment of the present application provides a wearable device, which includes a housing, an input device arranged on the housing through a mounting hole of the housing, the input device includes a connected rod and a head, wherein a fingerprint sensor is arranged in the rod or the head, or a fingerprint sensor is arranged in the housing and a channel for transmitting light is arranged in the input device, and a user can realize a fingerprint recognition function by contacting the head of the input device. In this way, not only can the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device be realized, but also the volume of the wearable device will not be greatly increased, the miniaturization design of the device is realized, and the user experience is improved overall. In some embodiments, the wearable device can be a watch, and the input device can be a crown of the watch.

Description

Wearable equipment

The present application claims priority from chinese patent office, application number 202010230501.4, chinese patent application entitled "a wearable device" filed on day 27 of 3 months 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Technical Field

The present application relates to the field of electronic devices, and more particularly to a wearable device.

Background

In the face of the increasing demand experience of users, components for realizing various functions such as fingerprint identification, photographing, photo volume pulse wave (photo plethysmo graphy, PPG) detection, gas detection, ambient light detection, luminous illumination and the like can be installed on the electronic device, and based on the demand, the electronic device needs to have enough space to accommodate the components, thus occupying the space of the electronic device and increasing the volume of the electronic device intangibly.

For a wearable device with smaller volume, how to install components capable of integrating multiple functions to improve user experience without greatly increasing the volume of the device is a problem to be solved at present.

Disclosure of Invention

The embodiment of the application provides a wearable device, which comprises a shell and an input device arranged on the shell through a mounting hole of the shell, wherein the input device comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, a component relevant to fingerprint identification is arranged in the input device, for example, a fingerprint sensor is arranged in the rod part or the head part, and a channel for transmitting light rays is arranged in the input device when the fingerprint sensor is arranged in the shell, so that a user can realize a fingerprint identification function by contacting the head part of the input device. Therefore, the fingerprint identification function of the wearable device can be realized, the volume of the wearable device can not be increased to a large extent, the miniaturization design of the device is realized, and the user experience is generally improved.

In a first aspect, there is provided a wearable device comprising:

A housing including a mounting hole;

The input device comprises a rod part and a head part which are connected, the rod part is arranged in the shell through the mounting hole, the head part is arranged at one end of the rod part, and the head part is positioned at the outer side of the mounting hole;

A circuit board disposed within the housing;

the processor and the fingerprint sensor are connected with the circuit board, the processor is arranged in the shell, the fingerprint sensor is arranged in the rod part or the head part, and is used for receiving signals from the head part and carrying out fingerprint identification through the processor.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor may be an optical fingerprint sensor or a capacitive sensor.

In some embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the optical fingerprint sensor includes a light receiving unit, light emitted from a light emitting unit inside the housing may pass through the input device to reach a finger pressed against an outer surface of the head, the light reflected by the finger is projected to the optical fingerprint sensor, the optical fingerprint sensor generates fingerprint information according to the projected light, and the processor may analyze the fingerprint information to perform fingerprint recognition.

In other embodiments where the fingerprint sensor is an optical fingerprint sensor, the light emitting unit may be integrated into the optical fingerprint sensor, that is, the optical fingerprint sensor may include a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, light emitted from the optical fingerprint sensor reaches a finger pressed against an outer surface of the head, light reflected by the finger is projected to the optical fingerprint sensor, the optical fingerprint sensor generates fingerprint information according to the projected light, and the processor may analyze the fingerprint information to perform fingerprint recognition.

The wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application is provided with the input device, the rod part or the head part of the input device is provided with the fingerprint sensor, and a user can realize the fingerprint identification function by contacting the head part of the input device. Therefore, the fingerprint identification function of the wearable device can be realized, the volume of the wearable device can not be increased to a large extent, the miniaturization design of the device is realized, and the user experience is generally improved.

Optionally, the wearable device further includes a connector, at least part of which is disposed in the lever portion, the connector being disposed between the circuit board and the fingerprint sensor, and both ends of the connector being connected with the circuit board and the fingerprint sensor, respectively.

In the embodiment of the application, the connector for connecting the fingerprint sensor and the circuit board is arranged at the rod part of the input device, so that the space of the rod part is effectively utilized, the space occupied by the shell is reduced, the fingerprint sensor can be electrically connected with the processor, and the connector is arranged at the rod part more effectively particularly for the structure that the fingerprint sensor is arranged at the head part, so that the fingerprint sensor is convenient to realize.

Optionally, the fingerprint sensor is fixedly connected in the rod or the head to rotate the fingerprint sensor when the input device is rotated, wherein,

The connector comprises a first connecting piece and a second connecting piece, the second connecting piece and the first connecting piece can rotate relatively, the second connecting piece is connected with the fingerprint sensor, the first connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, when the input device is rotated, the first connecting piece is not rotated, and the second connecting piece is rotated.

Optionally, the fingerprint sensor is fixedly connected to the rod portion or the head portion, so as to drive the fingerprint sensor to rotate when the input device is rotated, wherein the connector comprises a first connecting piece and a second connecting piece, the second connecting piece and the first connecting piece can rotate relatively, the first connecting piece is connected with the fingerprint sensor, the second connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, so that the second connecting piece does not rotate when the fingerprint sensor is driven to rotate when the input device is rotated, and the first connecting piece rotates.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the fingerprint sensor is fixed in the input device, the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece of the connector are connected in a rotating way, one connecting piece is connected with the circuit board, the other connecting piece is connected with the fingerprint sensor, the fingerprint sensor is driven to rotate when the input device is rotated, the connecting piece connected with the fingerprint sensor is enabled to rotate, the other connecting piece connected with the circuit board is not rotated, the input device can be installed firstly, then the fingerprint sensor and the connector are installed, the fingerprint sensor and the connector are installed firstly, and then the input device is installed, so that the wearable device is easy to install, and the design flexibility is high.

In some embodiments, the second connector is disposed within the stem and includes a plurality of second electrodes spaced along an axial direction of the stem, the second electrodes being coupled to the fingerprint sensor,

The first connecting piece is arranged in the shell and positioned at one side of the rod part far away from the head part, and comprises a plurality of first electrodes, wherein the first electrodes are connected with the circuit board, the first electrodes are in an annular structure, one of any two first electrodes encloses the other first electrode, the first electrodes correspond to the second electrodes one by one,

When the input device is rotated and drives the fingerprint sensor to rotate, the second electrode can rotate on the corresponding first electrode to be in contact with the corresponding first electrode so as to keep the connection between the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, as the rod part of the input device is only provided with the second connecting piece of the connector, the radial dimension of the rod part of the input device is not excessively required, namely, the radial dimension of the rod part can be designed to be smaller, the size of the mounting hole is reduced to a certain extent, and the problem of poor structural strength caused by the larger size of the mounting hole is avoided.

In other embodiments, the first connecting piece is disposed in the rod portion and has a gap with the rod portion, and includes a first body and at least one first metal piece fixed on the first body, the first body is in a cylindrical structure, the first metal piece includes a first connecting section and a first contact section that are connected, one end of the first connecting section is connected with the circuit board, the first contact section extends into the first body,

The second connecting piece is sleeved in the first body and is rotationally connected with the first connecting piece, the second connecting piece comprises a second body and at least one second metal piece fixed on the second body, the second body is of a cylindrical structure, the second metal piece comprises a second connecting section and a second contact section which are connected, one end of the second connecting section is connected with the fingerprint sensor, the second contact section is sleeved on the second body, at least one first metal piece corresponds to at least one second metal piece one by one,

When the input device is rotated and drives the fingerprint sensor to rotate, the second connecting piece rotates and the first connecting piece does not rotate, and the second contact section of the second metal piece can be in contact with the first contact section of the corresponding first metal piece so as to keep connection between the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, as the two connecting pieces of the connector are mostly arranged on the rod part, the space in the shell is not occupied, and the reliability is better.

In other embodiments, the wearable device further comprises a sensor for detecting rotation or movement of the input device, the sensor being connected to the circuit board and extending into the cavity of the second body.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the sensor for detecting the rotation or the movement of the input device is arranged in the cavity of the second body of the connector, and the space of the connector is fully utilized, so that the space occupied by the sensor in the shell is reduced, the volume of the wearable device can be reduced to a certain extent, and the miniaturized design of the wearable device is realized.

Optionally, the fingerprint sensor has a gap with the input device, the connector is sleeved in the rod part and has a gap with the rod part, and the fingerprint sensor and the connector do not rotate when the input device is rotated.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the fingerprint sensor is in clearance non-contact with the input device, and the connector sleeved on the rod part is in clearance non-contact with the rod part, so that the fingerprint sensor and the connector are not rotated when the input device is rotated, the fingerprint sensor is not rotated, the fingerprint identification function is easily and stably realized, and the connector is ensured to have better reliability as far as possible due to the fact that the connector is not rotated.

In a second aspect, there is provided a wearable device comprising:

A housing including a mounting hole;

A circuit board disposed within the housing;

The processor and the fingerprint sensor are connected with the circuit board, the processor is arranged in the shell, and the fingerprint sensor is arranged in the shell and is positioned on one side of the rod part far away from the head part;

and the channel is arranged in the input device, extends from the outer surface of the head part to the inner end surface of the rod part, and allows the light reflected by the finger from the head part to enter the fingerprint sensor through the channel so as to be fingerprint-identified through the processor.

The outer surface of the head may be a side surface or an outer end surface of the head, the side surface of the head being a surface in a circumferential direction of the head, the outer end surface of the head being an end surface perpendicular to an axial direction of the stem or the head and remote from the stem. The inner end surface of the stem is the end surface perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem and remote from the head.

The wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application has the advantages that the fingerprint sensor is arranged in the shell of the wearable device, the input device is provided with the channel for transmitting light, the fingerprint sensor can be simply and electrically connected with the circuit board, the circuit board and the fingerprint sensor are not required to be electrically connected through the connector and other parts in the input device, the fingerprint identification function can be realized, the reliability of fingerprint identification can be ensured as much as possible, particularly, the reliability of fingerprint identification can be realized when the input device is rotated, and the user experience is generally improved.

Optionally, the wearable device further comprises a lens group disposed in the channel, the lens group comprising at least one lens for converging light reflected by the finger.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the lens group capable of converging light is arranged in the channel of the input device, so that under the condition that fingerprints can be identified, the space of the rod part is effectively utilized, the volume of the wearable device is not increased to a great extent, and the miniaturized design of the wearable device can be realized.

In some embodiments, the lens group is disposed in the stem.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the lens group is arranged on the rod part, so that the head part is easy to replace, and the expansibility of the wearable device is increased.

In other embodiments, the lens group is disposed in the head.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the lens group is arranged on the head, and the design difficulty and cost of the lens group can be simplified due to the large size of the head in the radial direction.

In other embodiments, a portion of the lenses of the lens group is disposed in the head and another portion of the lenses of the lens group is disposed in the stem.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the lens group is arranged on the rod part and the head part, so that under the condition that the space of the input device is utilized to the greatest extent, the lens arranged on the head part can further improve the light transmitted through the input device, and the light energy is improved, so that the fingerprint identification efficiency is improved.

Optionally, the material of the side wall of the channel is a light absorbing material or a diffuse reflection material.

According to the wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application, the light absorbing material or the diffuse reflection material is used as the material of the side wall of the channel, and the light absorbing material or the diffuse reflection material can absorb the light reflected to the side wall, so that the parallel light can penetrate the channel as much as possible, and the influence of other parasitic lights on the fingerprint identification efficiency is reduced.

Drawings

Fig. 1 is a schematic functional block diagram of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial area of a wearable device with a fingerprint sensor provided in the head of the input device according to an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 5 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device with a fingerprint sensor provided in the head of the input device according to an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 6 is a schematic structural view of a connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 7 is a schematic exploded view of a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 8 is a schematic assembly view of a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 9 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 10 is a schematic assembly view of the wearable device shown in fig. 9 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 10 provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 12 is another schematic exploded view of a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 13 is a schematic structural view of a first body of a first connector according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 14 is a schematic structural view of a first connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a second body of a second connector according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 16 is a schematic structural view of a second connector provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 17 is another schematic assembly view of a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 18 is another schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 18 provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 20 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 21 is another schematic exploded view of a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 22 is another schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor and a connector provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 23 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 22 provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 24 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor, a connector, and a switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 25 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 24 provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 27 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial area of a wearable device including a fingerprint sensor, a connector, and a switching device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 28 and 29 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device with a fingerprint sensor disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 30 is a schematic view of a convex lens according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 31 to 34 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device provided with a fingerprint sensor disposed within a housing according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 35 is a schematic view of a concave lens according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 36 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device with a fingerprint sensor disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 37 and 38 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device with a fingerprint sensor disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fingerprint area that can be detected by the fingerprint sensor when a finger contacts the head 121 according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 40-43 are a set of graphical user interfaces for a wearable device with a single finger during head scrolling provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 44 is another set of graphical user interfaces for a wearable device during head scrolling provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 45 is a set of graphical user interfaces of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application when a user uses an application involving privacy rights or identity authentication.

Fig. 46 and 47 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head of an input device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 48 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial area of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature area disposed on a head of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 49 and 50 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed on a head of an input device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 51 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed within a housing provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 52 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a localized area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application that includes an optical sensor and a feature area disposed on the housing.

Fig. 53 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a feature region disposed at an inner end surface of a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in fig. 53.

Fig. 55 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including an optical sensor and a grating-like structure disposed at an inner end surface of a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 56 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in fig. 55.

Fig. 57 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device where an optical sensor is not disposed opposite a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 58 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial area of a wearable device including a capacitive sensor and a metal electrode disposed at a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 59 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lever portion of the input device shown in fig. 58.

FIG. 60 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a lever portion of an input device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 61 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including a capacitive sensor and a metal electrode disposed at a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 62 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in fig. 61.

Fig. 63 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device including a magnetic sensor and a magnetic layer disposed at a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 64 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of the input device shown in fig. 63.

FIG. 65 is another schematic cross-sectional view of a stem portion of an input device provided by an embodiment of the application.

FIG. 66 is a schematic block diagram of a wearable device including a magnetic sensor and a magnetic layer disposed on a stem of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 67 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device with a pressure sensor disposed on a head of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 68 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the head of the input device shown in fig. 67.

Fig. 69 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial area of a wearable device with a camera disposed on a head of an input device, provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 70 to 74 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial area of a wearable device with a camera provided at the head of the input device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 75 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device with a photosensitive element of a camera provided in an embodiment of the application disposed within a housing.

Fig. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera provided by an embodiment of the present application is disposed in a housing.

Fig. 77 to 78 are another schematic structural view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 75.

Fig. 79 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device with a photosensitive element of a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application disposed within a housing.

Fig. 80 and 81 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 79.

Fig. 82 to 88 are another schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of a wearable device in which a photosensitive element of a camera provided in an embodiment of the present application is disposed in a housing.

Fig. 89 is a schematic assembly view of the input device and drive arrangement cooperation provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 90 is a schematic block diagram of a partial area of a wearable device including an input device and a driving apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 91 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device shown in fig. 90.

FIG. 92 is a set of graphical user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application for a user to control rotation of an input device by operating a display screen.

FIG. 93 is another set of graphical user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application where a user controls rotation of an input device by operating a display screen.

Fig. 94 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a further example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 95 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 96 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 97 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of a rod portion of a wearable device along a B-B direction according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 98 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 99 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 100 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 101 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 102 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of an ECG electrode according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 103 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a temperature control device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 104 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 105 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 106 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 107 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 108 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 109 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 110 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 111 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 112 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 113 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 114 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 115 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 116 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 117 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 118 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 119 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 120 is a schematic diagram of a set of graphical user interface changes provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 121 is a schematic diagram of another set of graphical user interface changes provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 122 is a schematic illustration of yet another set of graphical user interface changes provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 123 is a schematic flow chart of an example of a method for temperature measurement according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 124 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 125 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 126 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 127 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 128 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 129 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of an input device of a wearable device along the C-C direction according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 130 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a local area of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 131 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of an input device of a wearable device along a C-C direction according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 132 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 133 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 134 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 135 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 136 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 137 is a schematic cross-sectional view of yet another example of a partial region of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

FIG. 138 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 139 is a schematic diagram of light emitted by an input device of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application, where the light varies with a position of a finger of a user.

Fig. 140 is a schematic diagram of light ray comparison before and after angle adjustment of light rays emitted by an input device of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 141 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a graphical user interface of a wearable device according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 142 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 143 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 144 is another illustration of a graphical user interface of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 145 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 146 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 147 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 148 is a schematic diagram of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the application.

Fig. 149 is a schematic structural view of an example of a lock mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 150 is a schematic illustration of yet another set of graphical user interface changes for a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 151 is a schematic structural view of an expansion mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application.

Reference numerals:

A main body 101, a wristband 102.

Processor 110, sensor module 130, display screen 140, camera 150, memory 160, power module 170, audio device 193, wireless communication module 191, mobile communication module 192, first circuit board 111, third circuit board (platelet) 113 connected to first circuit board 111, and cover 114.

Input device 120, head 121, stem 122.

A head 121, an outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, a side surface 121-B of the head 121, a cover plate 1211, a first region 1213 of the head 121, a hole 1214 of the head 121, an inner end surface 121-C of the head 121.

The stem 122, the gap 120-1 of the stem 122, a first opening 1221 in the stem 122 in communication with the first passage 1231, a second opening 1222 in the stem in communication with the first passage 1231, the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122.

The first passage 1231 of the stem 122, the second passage 1232 of the head 121, and the fourth passage 1233 of the head 121.

A housing 180, a side 180-A of the housing 180, a mounting hole 181 in the housing 180, a hole wall 1811 of the mounting hole 181, and a third passage 182 in the housing 180.

The fingerprint sensor 130C is provided with a rotary sensor 1301, and a second circuit board (small board) 112 connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C.

The connector 200, the first connector 210, the second connector 220.

The electrode 211 of the first connector 210, the third body 212, the fastening hole 2121 of the third body 212, the fastening piece 201, the electrode 221 of the second connector 220, the fourth body 222 of the second connector 220, and the mounting hole 2221 on the fourth body 222.

The first body 241 of the first connection member 210, the outer wall 2411 of the first body 241, the first groove 2412 of the first body 241, the opening 2412-1 of the first groove 2412, the first groove segment 2412-a, the second groove segment 2412-B, the first metal member 242, the first contact segment 2421 of the first metal member 242, the first connection segment 2422 of the first metal member, the annular segment 2422-a of the first connection segment 2422, the extension segment 2422-B of the first connection segment 2422, the cavity 2501 of the second connection member 220, the second body 251 of the second connection member 220, the through hole 2511 of the second body 251, the second metal member 252, the second contact segment 2521 of the second metal member 252, the second connection segment 2522 of the second metal member.

The fixing rod 260 of the connector 200, a through hole 2601 on the fixing rod 260, an opening slot 2602 on the fixing rod 260, an outer wall 2603 of the fixing rod 260, and a metal strip 270 of the connector 200.

Lens 310 of the lens group, switching device 400.

A photosensor 511, a capacitive sensor 512, a first polarizer 531, a second polarizer 532, a third polarizer 533, a fourth polarizer 534, and a fifth polarizer 535.

Feature region 1241, a grating-like structure 1242, a grating-like structure hole 1242-1, a second metal electrode 1243, a magnetic layer 1244.

The camera 600, the photosensitive element 610, the lens 620, the lens base 630, the lens barrel 640, the protrusion 641 on the lens barrel 640, the limit groove 1224 of the rod 122, and the annular groove 1216 in the head 121.

The input device 120 includes a reflecting device 710, a reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, a connecting member 720 sleeved in the input device 120, a first portion 721 of the connecting member 720, a second portion 722 of the connecting member 720, a driving device 730, a motor 731, a first gear 732, a second gear 733, a fixing member 740, and an internal thread 701 of a first channel 1231.

PPG sensor 130A, finger 30, fifth channel 810, sixth channel 820, channel 821 of sixth channel 820, channel 822 of sixth channel 820, infrared light transmitting unit 830, infrared light channel 831, filter sheet 840, ecg electrode 850, convex portion 851 of ecg electrode 850, planar portion 852 of ecg electrode 850, temperature control device 860, cooling sheet 861 of temperature control device 860, electrothermal sheet 862 of temperature control device 860.

The air pump comprises an air sensor 130I, an air hole 910, an air pump 920, an air nozzle 921 of the air pump 920, an oleophobic dustproof membrane 930, a seventh channel 940 and a first reflecting structure 950.

Ambient light sensor 130F, eighth channel 1010, ninth channel 1020, second reflective structure 1030, lens 1040.

The light emitting unit 1100, the tenth channel 1110, the channel 1111 of the tenth channel 1110, the channel 1112 of the tenth channel 1110, the fiber hole 1120, the first fiber hole 1121 of the fiber hole 1120, the second fiber hole 1122 of the fiber hole 1120, the third fiber hole 1123 of the fiber hole 1120, the optical fiber 1130, the first optical fiber 1131 of the optical fiber 1130, the second optical fiber 1132 of the optical fiber 1130, the third optical fiber 1133 of the optical fiber 1130, the light emitting fiber 1140, the first light emitting fiber 1141 of the light emitting fiber 1140, the second light emitting fiber 1143 of the light emitting fiber 1140, the third reflecting structure 1150, the convex lens 1160, the light guiding structure 1170, the light transmitting hole 1171, the light guiding column 1172, the reflecting mirror 1173, the light mixing device 1180, the light switch 1190.

Locking mechanism 1200, motor 1210, solenoid 1220, brake block 1230, gear 1240.

Telescoping mechanism 1300, motor 1310, gear 1320, nut 1330.

Detailed Description

The wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application is a portable device which can be integrated into clothes or accessories of a user, has a computing function, and can be connected with mobile phones and various terminal devices. By way of example, the wearable device may be a watch, a smart wristband, a portable music player, a health monitoring device, a computing or gaming device, a smart phone, accessories, and the like. In some embodiments, the wearable device may be a watch worn around the wrist of the user.

The wearable device provided by the embodiment of the application is a device comprising input devices such as a crown, a switch, a button or a key, and the like, the existing input devices on the wearable device are multiplexed, and functions such as fingerprint identification, photographing, PPG detection, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, luminous illumination and the like are integrated on the input devices, so that the user experience can be greatly improved while the volume of the device is not increased to a great extent. Further, in other embodiments, rotation or movement of the input device may be identified by the associated design. Furthermore, in still other embodiments, telescoping or locking of the input device may be accomplished by a related design.

Fig. 1 is a schematic functional block diagram of a wearable device provided by some embodiments of the application. Illustratively, the wearable device 100 may be a smart watch or a smart bracelet, or the like. Referring to fig. 1, by way of example, the wearable device 100 may include a processor 110, an input device 120, a sensor module 130, a memory 160, and a power module 170. It is to be understood that the components shown in fig. 1 do not constitute a particular limitation of the wearable device 100, and that the wearable device 100 may also include more or less components than illustrated, or may combine certain components, or may split certain components, or may have a different arrangement of components.

The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (IMAGE SIGNAL processor, ISP), a controller, a memory, a video codec, a digital signal processor (DIGITAL SIGNAL processor, DSP), a baseband processor, and/or a neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein the different processing units may be separate devices or may be integrated in one or more processors. The controller may be, among other things, a neural hub and a command center of the wearable device 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation codes and the time sequence signals to finish the control of instruction fetching and instruction execution. In other embodiments, memory may also be provided in processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to reuse the instruction or data, it can be directly recalled from the memory, avoiding repeated accesses, reducing the latency of the processor 110, and thus improving the efficiency of the wearable device 100.

The input device 120 is used to provide user input, which may be a mechanical device, with a user contacting the input device 120 such that the input device 120 rotates, translates, or tilts to enable user input, to enable functions or operations of activation (e.g., powering on or off) of the wearable device 100, determining or adjusting a signal (e.g., adjusting the magnitude of a volume), and so forth.

It will be appreciated that the user input of the embodiments of the present application may be a user operation of rotating, panning, tilting, etc. the input device 120, where the user operation of panning and tilting the input device 120 may be collectively referred to as a user movement operation of the input device 120, and thus, the user input of the embodiments of the present application may include a rotation input and a movement input. Illustratively, a user may effect rotation of the input device 120 by sliding or scrolling the input device 120, and a user may effect movement of the input device 120 by pressing the input device 120.

It is to be appreciated that the input device 120 can be one component or a combination of components. In some embodiments, the input device 120 may include buttons that may enable rotational input, and illustratively buttons that may also enable movement input such as tilting or panning. In embodiments where wearable device 100 is a smart watch, the buttons may also be referred to as crowns. In other embodiments, the input device 120 may include keys that may enable movement input such as tilting or pressing, for example, the keys may be on-off keys or volume keys of the wearable device 100. In other embodiments, the input device 120 may include buttons and keys.

It is also understood that the wearable device 100 may include one or more input devices 120.

In other embodiments, the input device 120 may perform a variety of functions. Illustratively, the input device 120 may perform fingerprint recognition, photoplethysmography (photo plethysmo graphy, PPG) detection, photographing, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, illumination, etc., as described in more detail below. Wherein PPG may also be referred to as photoplethysmography, the two descriptions are interchangeable.

The sensor module 130 may include one or more sensors, for example, may include a PPG sensor 130A, a pressure sensor 130B, a fingerprint sensor 130C, a capacitance sensor 130D, an acceleration sensor 130E, an ambient light sensor 130F, a proximity light sensor 130G, a touch sensor 130H, and the like. It should be understood that fig. 1 is merely an example of a few sensors, and in practical applications, wearable device 100 may further include more or fewer sensors, or use other sensors with the same or similar functions instead of the above-listed sensors, and so on, and embodiments of the present application are not limited.

In some embodiments, the sensor module 130 may detect user input from the input device 120 and implement functions or operations to initiate, determine, adjust signals, etc. in response to the user input.

The PPG sensor 130A may be used to detect heart rate, i.e. the number of beats per unit time. In some embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may include a light transmitting unit and a light receiving unit. The light transmitting unit may irradiate a light beam into a human body (such as a blood vessel), the light beam is reflected/refracted in the human body, and the reflected/refracted light is received by the light receiving unit to obtain an optical signal. Since the transmittance of blood changes during the fluctuation, the emitted/refracted light changes, and the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes. The PPG sensor 130A may convert the optical signal into an electrical signal, determining the heart rate to which the electrical signal corresponds. In an embodiment of the present application, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the function of PPG detection may be implemented by the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A.

The pressure sensor 130B may be used to detect a pressure value between the human body and the wearable device 100. The pressure sensor 130B is used for sensing a pressure signal, and may convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. The pressure sensor 130B is of a wide variety, such as a resistive pressure sensor, an inductive pressure sensor, a capacitive pressure sensor, etc., and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. In an embodiment of the present application, a plurality of pressure sensors 130B may be disposed on the input device 120, and rotation of the input device 120 is recognized by a signal difference of adjacent pressure sensors 130B among the plurality of pressure sensors 130B.

A fingerprint sensor 130C for capturing a fingerprint. The wearable device 100 can utilize the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access an application lock, fingerprint photographing, fingerprint incoming call answering and the like. The fingerprint sensor 130C is of a wide variety, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may include an optical fingerprint sensor, a semiconductor fingerprint sensor, and an ultrasonic sensor, wherein the semiconductor fingerprint sensor may include a capacitance sensor, a thermal sensor, a pressure sensor, and the like, for example. In an embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and may perform a fingerprint recognition function through light reflected by the input device 120.

The capacitive sensor 130D may be used to detect the capacitance between two electrodes to achieve a particular function.

In some embodiments, the capacitance sensor 130D may be used to detect a capacitance between the human body and the wearable device 100, which may reflect whether the contact between the human body and the wearable device is good, and may be applied to electrocardiogram (Electrocardiography, ECG) detection, where the human body may act as one electrode. When the capacitive sensor 130D is disposed at an electrode on the wearable device, the capacitive sensor 130D may detect a capacitance between a human body and the electrode. When the capacitance detected by the capacitance sensor 105D is too large or too small, it indicates that the human body is in poor contact with the electrode, and when the capacitance detected by the capacitance sensor 130D is moderate, it indicates that the human body is in good contact with the electrode. Since whether or not the contact between the human body and the electrode is good may affect the electrode to detect the electrical signal and thus the generation of the ECG, the wearable device 100 may refer to the capacitance detected by the capacitance sensor 130D when generating the ECG.

In other embodiments, the capacitive sensor 130D may create a varying capacitance with a metal electrode disposed within the input device 120, through which the rotation or movement of the input device 120 is identified.

The acceleration sensor 130E may be used to detect the magnitude of acceleration of the wearable device 100 in various directions (typically three axes). The wearable device 100 is a wearable device, when a user wears the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 moves under the driving of the user, so that the acceleration of the acceleration sensor 130E in each direction can reflect the movement state of the human body.

An ambient light sensor 130F for sensing an ambient light parameter. For example, the ambient light parameter may include the ambient light intensity or a coefficient of ultraviolet light in the ambient light, or the like. The wearable device 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen according to the perceived intensity of ambient light. The ambient light sensor 130F may also be used to automatically adjust white balance when taking a photograph. Ambient light sensor 130F may also cooperate with proximity light sensor 130G to detect whether wearable device 100 is in a pocket to prevent false touches. In an embodiment of the present application, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed in the input device 120 or in the housing 180, and the ambient light detection function may be implemented by detecting an ambient light parameter in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located by the ambient light sensor 130F.

Proximate to the light sensor 130G, may include, for example, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The wearable device 100 emits infrared light outwards through the light emitting diode. The wearable device 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object in the vicinity of the wearable device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the wearable device 100 may determine that there is no object in the vicinity of the wearable device 100. The wearable device 100 can detect that the user holds the wearable device 100 close to the ear to talk by using the proximity light sensor 130G, so as to automatically extinguish the screen to achieve the purpose of saving electricity. The proximity light sensor 130G may also be used in holster mode, pocket mode to automatically unlock or lock the screen.

The touch sensor 130H may be disposed on a display screen, and the touch sensor 130H and the display screen form a touch screen, which is also referred to as a "touch screen". The touch sensor 130H is for detecting a touch operation acting thereon or thereabout. The touch sensor 130H may communicate the detected touch operation to the processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output associated with a touch operation may be provided through a display screen. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 130H may also be disposed on the surface of the display screen at a different location than the display screen.

A gas sensor 130I for detecting a gas parameter. For example, the gas parameter may include a gas species or a gas concentration, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed in the input device 120 or disposed in the housing 180, and the gas sensor 130I may detect a gas parameter in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located to implement a gas detection function.

The magnetic sensor 130J is a device that converts a change in magnetic properties of a sensor element caused by external factors such as a magnetic field, a current, stress strain, temperature, light, etc., into an electrical signal and detects a corresponding physical quantity in this way. In an embodiment of the present application, the magnetic sensor 130J may be coupled to a magnetic layer within the input device 120, which may generate a varying magnetic flux when the input device 120 is rotated, and the rotation or movement of the input device 120 is identified by the induced current generated on the magnetic sensor 130J.

Memory 160 may be used to store computer-executable program code including instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications of the wearable device 100 and data processing by executing instructions stored in the memory. The memory 160 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), etc., and embodiments of the present application are not limited.

The power module 170 may power various components in the wearable device 100, such as the processor 110, the sensor module 130, and the like. In some embodiments, the power module 170 may be a battery or other portable power element. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also be connected to a charging device (e.g., via a wireless or wired connection), and the power module 170 may receive power input from the charging device for storage by a battery.

In some embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 further includes a display screen 140. The display screen 140 includes a display panel. The display panel may employ a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) CRYSTAL DISPLAY, an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic LIGHT EMITTING diode (AMOLED), a flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), miniled, microLed, micro-oLed, a quantum dot LIGHT EMITTING diode (QLED), or the like. In some embodiments, a touch sensor may be disposed in the display screen to form a touch screen, which is not limited by the embodiments of the present application. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may or may not include the display 140, for example, when the wearable device 100 is a wristband, the display may or may not be included, and when the wearable device 100 is a wristwatch, the display may be included.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may further include a camera 150 for capturing still images or video, the object producing an optical image through a lens that is projected onto a photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, which is then transferred to the ISP to be converted into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. The DSP converts the digital image signal into an image signal in a standard RGB, YUV, or the like format.

In some embodiments, the camera 150 may be applied in a front-facing shooting scene, and may also be simply referred to as a "front-facing camera". In other embodiments, the camera 150 is configured to be rotatable, and may be capable of capturing multiple azimuth or angle scenes, for example, in either a front-facing or rear-facing scene. In other embodiments, the wearable device may include 1 or more cameras 150, and the application is not limited in any way. Illustratively, the camera 150 has smaller pixels and smaller volume, occupies smaller space of the device, and can be well applied to wearable devices with small volume and portability.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may also include an audio device 193, where the audio device 193 may include a microphone, speaker, or earpiece, among other devices that may receive or output sound signals.

A horn, also called a "loudspeaker", is used to convert an audio electrical signal into a sound signal. The wearable device 100 may listen to music through a speaker or to hands-free conversation.

Headphones, also known as "receivers," are used to convert the audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the wearable device 100 is answering a phone call or voice message, the voice can be heard by placing the earpiece close to the human ear.

Microphones, also known as "microphones" and "microphones", are used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or transmitting voice information, a user can sound near the microphone through the mouth, inputting a sound signal to the microphone. The wearable device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may be provided with two microphones, and may implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also be provided with three, four, or more microphones to enable collection of sound signals, noise reduction, identification of sound sources, directional recording functions, etc.

In addition, the wearable device 100 may have a wireless communication function. In some embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 1, the wearable device 100 may further include a wireless communication module 191, a mobile communication module 192, one or more antennas 1, and one or more antennas 2. The wearable device 100 may implement wireless communication functions through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the wireless communication module 191, and the mobile communication module 192.

In some embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may provide a solution for wireless communication that is applied on the wearable device 100 that conforms to various types of network communication protocols or communication technologies. By way of example, the network communication protocol may include a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (e.g., wireless fidelity (WIRELESS FIDELITY, wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation SATELLITE SYSTEM, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication (NEAR FIELD communication, NFC), infrared (IR), and the like. For example, the wearable device 100 may establish a bluetooth connection with other electronic devices, such as a cell phone, through a bluetooth protocol. In other embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may be one or more devices that integrate at least one communication processing module.

The wireless communication module 191 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 1, modulates the electromagnetic wave signals, filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and transmits the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 191 may also receive a signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 1. In some embodiments, the wireless communication module 191 may be coupled to one or more antennas 1 such that the wearable device 100 may communicate with a network and other devices through wireless communication techniques.

In some embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may provide a solution for wireless communication conforming to various types of network communication protocols or communication technologies for use on the wearable device 100. Illustratively, the network communication protocol may be various wired or wireless communication protocols, such as Ethernet, global System for Mobile communications (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (GENERAL PACKET radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), voice over Internet protocol (voice over Internet protocol, voIP), communication protocols supporting a network slice architecture, or any other suitable communication protocol. For example, the wearable device 100 may establish a wireless communication connection with other electronic devices, such as a cell phone, through a WCDMA communication protocol.

In other embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA), or the like. In other embodiments, at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 192 may be disposed in the processor 110. In other embodiments, at least some of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 192 may be disposed in the same device as at least some of the modules of the processor 110.

The mobile communication module 192 may receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 2, perform processes such as filtering, amplifying, and the like on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit the processed electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 192 may also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert the signal into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate. In some embodiments, the mobile communication module 192 may be coupled with one or more antennas 2 such that the wearable device 100 may communicate with a network and other devices through wireless communication technology.

Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may be a smart watch or a smart bracelet. Referring to fig. 2, the wearable apparatus 100 includes a main body 101 and 2 wristbands 102 (a partial area of the wristbands 102 is shown in fig. 2). The wristband 102 may be fixedly attached or movably attached to the body 101, and the wristband 102 may be wrapped around a wrist, arm, leg, or other portion of the body to secure the wearable device 100 to a user. The body 101 may include a housing 180 and a cover 114, the housing 180 surrounding the cover 114, for example, the housing 180 includes a groove provided at a top end, the cover 114 is received in the groove, and an edge of the cover 114 abuts and is fixed on the groove of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The interior of the structure formed by the housing 180 and the cover 114 has an accommodating space that accommodates a combination of one or more components shown in fig. 1 and not shown to realize various functions of the wearable device 100. The body 101 further includes an input device 120, and the housing space in the structure formed by the cover 114 and the housing 180 can accommodate a portion of the input device 120, with an exposed portion of the input device 120 being accessible to a user.

The cover 114 serves as a surface of the body 101 and serves as a protection plate of the body 101 to prevent the components accommodated in the case 180 from being exposed to be damaged. Illustratively, the cover 114 may be transparent. Illustratively, the cover 114 may include crystals, such as sapphire crystals, or the cover 114 may be formed of glass, plastic, or other materials.

In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140 through which a user may interact with the wearable device 100. For example, the display screen 140 may receive user input and, in response to the user input, make a corresponding output, e.g., the user may select (or otherwise open, edit, etc. a graphic by touching or pressing at the graphic location on the display screen 140.

The input device 120 is attached to the outside of the housing 180 and extends to the inside of the housing 180. In some embodiments, the input device includes a head 121 and a stem 122 connected. The stem 122 extends into the housing 180 and the head 121 is exposed to the housing 180 as part of a contact with a user to allow the user to contact the input device, and to receive user input by rotating, tilting or translating the head 121, the stem 122 being movable with the head 121 when the user manipulates the head 121. It is understood that the head 121 may be any shape, for example, the head 121 may be cylindrical. It will be appreciated that the rotatable input device 120 may be referred to as a button, and in embodiments where the wearable device 100 is a watch, the rotatable input device 120 may be a crown of the watch, and the input device 120 may be referred to as a crown.

In an embodiment of the present application, in order to further improve the practicality of the wearable device 100, the input device 120 may further have one or more functions, so that the input device 120 with the above functions may have different specific structures in different embodiments, which will be described in detail below.

The housing 180 may be made of a variety of materials including, but not limited to, plastics, metals, alloys, and the like. The housing 180 is provided with mounting holes for mating with the input device 120 to receive the stem 122 of the input device 120. Illustratively, the side 180-A of the housing 180 is provided with mounting holes extending into the interior of the housing 180, which are generally shaped and sized to mate with the stem 122, in other words, the shape and size of the mounting holes may be designed based on the stem 122.

It should be appreciated that the input device 120 is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and any mechanical component that can receive user input may be used as the input device 120 in embodiments of the present application.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 3, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be a button 1201, the button 1201 may be an example of the input device 120, the button 1201 may be mounted on a side 180-a of the housing 180, and in embodiments where the wearable device 100 is a watch, the button 1201 may be referred to as a crown.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 3, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be a key 1202, the key 1202 may be another example of the input device 120, and the key 1202 may allow a user to press such that the key 1202 translates or tilts, etc. to effect a movement input by the user.

In one example, keys 1202 may be mounted on side 180-a of housing 180 with a portion of keys 1202 exposed and another portion extending from the side of housing 180 toward the interior of housing 180 (not shown).

In another example, the keys 1202 may also be provided on the head 121 of the button 1201, and a movement input may be implemented at the same time as a rotation input is implemented.

In another example, keys 1202 may also be disposed on a top surface of the body 101 on which the display 140 is mounted.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 3, input device 120 may include buttons 1201 and keys 1202, in one example, buttons 1201 and keys 1202 may be disposed on the same surface of housing 180, e.g., both disposed on the same side of housing 180, and in another example, buttons 1201 and keys 1202 may be disposed on different surfaces of housing 180, as embodiments of the application are not limited in any way. It should be appreciated that the input device 120 may include one or more keys 1202 and may also include one or more buttons 1201.

As described above, an objective of the embodiments of the present application is to integrate functions such as fingerprint identification, photographing, PPG detection, gas detection, ambient light detection, body temperature detection, and illumination with the input device 120 on the wearable device 100, so as to improve the user experience without greatly increasing the volume of the wearable device 100. In addition, rotation or movement of the input device may be recognized by designing a feature area on the input device 120 or the housing 180, and telescoping or locking of the input device may be accomplished by a related design.

Hereinafter, the structure for realizing the above functions will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.

In the following, description is made on a wearable device implementing a fingerprint identification function according to an embodiment of the present application with reference to fig. 4 to 45.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed to accommodate fingerprint recognition-related components within the input device 120, and a user contacting the input device 120 may effect fingerprint recognition by rotating, pressing, moving, and/or tilting the input device 120. The fingerprint sensor 130C is a core component for identifying a fingerprint, and can identify a fingerprint based on the collected fingerprint information to determine the identity of a user. The fingerprint sensor 130C may be various types of sensors, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may be an optical fingerprint sensor, a capacitive fingerprint sensor, or an ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, for example.

In embodiments of the present application, the location of the fingerprint sensor 130C in the wearable device 100 is two, in some embodiments the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the input device 120, in other embodiments the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. Hereinafter, a structural design for realizing fingerprint recognition of each of the above embodiments will be described in detail.

In embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed on the input device 120, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed on the head 121 or the stem 122 of the input device 120, a finger contacting the head 121, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may obtain fingerprint information based on a signal from the head 121 for fingerprint recognition.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may perform fingerprint recognition based on the acquired fingerprint information, and in other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor may send the acquired fingerprint information to the processor 110 for fingerprint recognition by the processor 110.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be stationary regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated. In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130 may rotate as the input device 120 rotates.

Fig. 4 and 5 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 of an embodiment of the application. Hereinafter, in connection with fig. 4 and 5, taking an example in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120, the structure of the wearable device in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided at the head 121 will be described by different types of fingerprint sensors 130C. It should be understood that the structure of the fingerprint sensor 130C disposed on the stem 122 is similar to the structure of the fingerprint sensor 130C disposed on the stem 122, and will not be described in detail.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor. The structure shown in fig. 4 can be applied to a scenario in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor.

Referring to fig. 4, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a fingerprint sensor 130C. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, the input device 120 includes a head 121 and a rod 122, the rod 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181 to mount the rod 122 on the housing through the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extends outside the housing 180 and accommodates a fingerprint sensor 130C, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can be electrically connected with a first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through a connector to transmit fingerprint information detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C to a processor 110 mounted on the first circuit board, and fingerprint recognition is performed by the processor 110. The head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a channel for transmitting an optical signal, which extends from the outer surface of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor 130C, i.e. one end of the channel is located at the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C so as to be able to transmit an optical signal through the channel. Illustratively, the channel may be a transparent region of the head that is made of a transparent material, e.g., as shown in FIG. 4, the channel may be formed by a transparent cover plate 1211. Illustratively, the head 121 may be made of a transparent material, and a region of the head 121 between the surface of the head 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C may form a channel, which is not limited in any way.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-a and a side surface 121-B that are connected, the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 being approximately parallel to the side surface 180-a of the housing 180, the side surface 121-B of the head 121 being a surface in the circumferential direction of the head 121. In some embodiments, the channels extend from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor (e.g., cover plate 1211 shown in FIG. 4), and in other embodiments, the channels extend from the side surface 121-B of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor.

In an embodiment in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the optical fingerprint sensor includes a light receiving unit, light emitted from a light emitting unit inside the housing 180 may pass through a channel of the head 121 to reach a finger pressed against an outer surface of the head 121, the light reflected by the finger passes through the channel and is projected to the optical fingerprint sensor, and the optical fingerprint sensor generates fingerprint information according to the projected light to perform fingerprint recognition. In other embodiments, the light emitting unit may be integrated in the optical fingerprint sensor, i.e. the optical fingerprint sensor may comprise a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit.

In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be a capacitive fingerprint sensor. The structure shown in fig. 5 may be applied to a scenario in which the fingerprint sensor is a capacitive sensor, and in contrast to fig. 4, in the structure shown in fig. 5, the head 121 of the input device 120 may not need to be provided with a channel. The capacitive sensor utilizes an electric field formed by the capacitive sensor and conductive subcutaneous electrolyte, and the pressure difference between the capacitive sensor and the conductive subcutaneous electrolyte can be changed differently due to the fluctuation of the fingerprint, so that accurate fingerprint measurement can be realized. When a finger presses the surface of the capacitive sensor, the capacitive sensor forms fingerprint information according to a charge difference generated by the peaks and the valleys of the fingerprint, so as to perform fingerprint identification.

In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be an ultrasonic sensor. The structure shown in fig. 5 can also be applied to a scenario in which the fingerprint sensor is an ultrasonic sensor. The ultrasonic sensor utilizes ultrasonic energy reflected by ultrasonic waves on the surface of the finger, the reflectivity of the valley part and the ridge part of the fingerprint to the ultrasonic energy is different, the reflected ultrasonic waves can be converted into electric signals with different intensities, and finally, fingerprint images with alternate brightness and darkness are formed, so that accurate fingerprint measurement can be realized. When a finger presses the surface of the ultrasonic sensor, the ultrasonic sensor reflects a signal difference according to the peaks and the troughs of the fingerprint, so that fingerprint information is formed, and fingerprint identification is performed.

In the embodiment shown in fig. 4 or fig. 5, the fingerprint sensor 130C may send fingerprint information to the processor 110, so that the processor 110 performs fingerprint identification according to the fingerprint information, or the fingerprint sensor 130C may send a result of fingerprint identification to the processor 110 after performing fingerprint identification according to the fingerprint information, so that the processor 110 provides information to the user through an output device such as the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 according to the result. It will be appreciated that in this embodiment, where data is transferred between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110, with continued reference to fig. 4 or 5, the wearable device 100 further includes a connector 200 disposed at the input device 120, the connector 200 may be used to make an electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110, illustratively, at least a portion of the connector 200 may be disposed in the input device 120, e.g., at least a portion of the connector 200 may be disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, wherein at least a portion of the connector 200 represents a portion or all of the connector 200.

The processor 110 is mounted on a first circuit board 111 (which may also be referred to as a motherboard) within the main body, and an electrical connection between the first circuit board 111 and the fingerprint sensor 130C is achieved through the connector 200 to achieve an electrical connection between the processor 110 and the fingerprint sensor 130C. It should be understood that the processor 110 may be directly mounted on the first circuit board 111, or may be mounted on the first circuit board 111 through other circuit boards, which is not limited herein.

The input device 120 may be rotated about an axial direction (e.g., an x-direction) of the stem 122, and since the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the input device 120, the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, or the input device 120 may rotate, the fingerprint sensor 130C may not rotate, or neither the input device 120 nor the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate. Hereinafter, the connector 200 for connecting the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110 and the relationship between the connector 200 and the related components will be described by taking two embodiments of rotation and non-rotation of the fingerprint sensor 130C as an example.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may rotate as the input device 120 rotates, the connector 200 may include a first connector and a second connector that are rotatably coupled, one of the connectors being coupled to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the other of the connectors being coupled to the first circuit board 111 (or the processor 110), the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector coupled to the fingerprint sensor 130C may be rotated when the input device 120 is rotated, and the connector coupled to the first circuit board 111 may not rotate, the rotational coupling between the first connector and the second connector may enable an electrical connection between the first connector and the second connector to enable an electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110 disposed on the first circuit board.

The wearable device 100 with the structure can be provided with the input device 120 and then the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200, and also can be provided with the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200 and then the input device 120, so that the wearable device 100 is easy to install and has higher design flexibility.

Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a connector 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 6, the connector 200 includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 rotatably connected, the first connector 210 is electrically connected with a first circuit board in the main body 101, the second connector 220 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C, and when the input device 120 is rotated to rotate the fingerprint sensor 130C, the second connector 220 is rotatable and the first connector 220 is not rotated.

The first connection member 210 is in concentric circle distribution, and includes a plurality of ring-shaped electrodes 211, one electrode 211 of any two electrodes 211 encloses the other electrode 211, the second connection member 220 includes a plurality of electrodes 221 distributed in parallel along an axial direction (e.g., x-direction) around a rod portion of the input device, the plurality of electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220 are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of electrodes 211 of the first connection member 210, the electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220 are in contact with the electrodes 211 of the corresponding first connection member 210 to achieve electrical connection between the first connection member 210 and the second connection member 220, when the input device 120 is rotated, the second connection member 220 can be driven to rotate with the second connection member 220 of the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200, and the electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220 can be kept in good contact with the electrodes 211 of the first connection member 210 all the time, so that good electrical connection between the first connection member and the second connection member is achieved, and thus, electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first connection member 200 is achieved through the connector 200. In fig. 6, 4 electrodes 211 of the first connector 210 and 4 electrodes 221 of the second connector 220 are shown, one electrode 211 corresponds to one electrode 221, it can be seen that, when the electrodes 221 perform a rotational motion, the motion track of the electrodes 221 is similar to the shape of the electrodes 211, and the contact between the electrodes 221 and the electrodes 211 can be always maintained, so that the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the processor 110 on the first circuit board is realized.

The connector 200 and the relationship between the connector 200 and the related components are described below with reference to fig. 7 to 11.

Fig. 7 is a schematic exploded view of a connector 200 according to an embodiment of the present application, and fig. 8 is a schematic assembly view of the connector 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 7 and 8, the connector 200 includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 connected. The first connector 210 includes a third body 212 and an annular electrode 211 fixedly connected to the third body 212, and the first connector 210 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 within the housing 180 and fixedly connected to the housing, illustratively, by fixing the third body 212 to the housing to fix the first connector 210 to the housing, for example, a fastening hole 2121 is provided on the third body 212, and the third body 212 may be fixed to the housing by a fastener installed on the fastening hole 2121. The second connection piece 220 may be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and is disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, and includes a fourth body 222 and an electrode 221 fixedly connected to the fourth body 222, wherein a mounting hole 2221 for mounting the electrode 221 is disposed in the fourth body 222, the electrode 221 may include a metal strip 2211, and two ends of the metal strip 2211 are respectively connected to the electrode 211 and the fingerprint sensor 130C.

In some embodiments, to make contact between the electrode 221 and the electrode 211 more stable, the electrode 221 may further include an elastic member 2212. For example, the elastic member 2212 may be a spring, and both ends of the elastic member 2212 are respectively connected with the metal strip 2211 and the fingerprint sensor 130C, i.e., the electrode 221 includes the metal strip 2211 and the elastic member 2212 which are fixedly connected, one end of the metal strip 2211 away from the elastic member 2212 is connected with the electrode 211, and one end of the elastic member 2212 away from the metal strip 2211 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C. In embodiments where the electrode 221 of the second connector 220 includes a metal strip 2211 and an elastic member 2212, the electrode 221 may be referred to as a spring needle.

Fig. 9 is a schematic exploded view of the wearable device 100 mounted with the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, fig. 10 is a schematic assembly view of the wearable device 100 mounted with the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, and fig. 11 is a schematic assembly view of a partial area of the wearable device 100 mounted with the connector 200 shown in fig. 6 to 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the structures shown in fig. 9-11 are only schematic illustrations, that the wearable device 100 may include more or fewer components, and that the locations and connection relationships between the various components in the wearable device 100 are not limited to the structures shown in the figures.

Referring to fig. 9 to 11, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, an input device 120, and the fingerprint sensor 130C is illustratively fixed to a head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover plate 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contact with a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover plate 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed at the head 121, made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover plate 1211 may be a transparent glass cover plate.

In other embodiments, the body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and one end of the connector 200 may be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

With continued reference to fig. 9 to 11, the first connector 210 of the connector 200 is disposed inside the housing 180 and fixed on the housing 180, and an end of the first connector 210 remote from the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111. The second connector 220 of the connector 200 is sleeved in and fixedly connected to the stem 122 of the input device 120. The end of the second connection member 220 away from the first connection member 210 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C, and illustratively, the end of the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 away from the first connection member 210 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C, for example, the end of the elastic member 2212 of the electrode 221 of the second connection member 220 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C. One end of the second connection member 220 near the first connection member 210 is electrically connected to the first connection member 210, specifically, the ring-shaped electrodes of the first connection member 210 are in one-to-one correspondence with the electrodes 221 of the second connection member 220, one ring-shaped electrode of the first connection member 210 is in contact with the corresponding electrode 221 of the second connection member 220, and one ring-shaped electrode of the first connection member 210 is in contact with one end of the metal bar 2221 of the corresponding electrode 221 of the second connection member 220.

When the input device 120 is rotated along the axial direction of the stem 112, the input device 120 drives the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connector 220 to rotate, so that the electrode 221 of the second connector 220 is always in contact with the electrode of the first connector 210, so as to maintain the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 includes a second connecting member 220 and a first connecting member 210, which are rotatably connected, the second connecting member 220 is connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the first connecting member 210 is connected to the first circuit board 111, the second connecting member 220 is disposed on the lever portion 122, the first connecting member 210 is disposed in the housing 180, and the fingerprint sensor 130C can be electrically connected to the first circuit board 110 during rotation of the fingerprint sensor 130C. Since the stem 122 may be provided with only the second connector 220, the wearable device 100 of this structure may not have an excessive limitation on the radial dimension of the stem 122. However, the first connector 210 disposed in the housing 180 occupies a part of the space of the housing 180, and there is a certain requirement for the installation accuracy of the connector 200 due to the alignment position required between the second connector 220 and the first connector 210.

In embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130 is rotated, embodiments of the present application also provide another connector. The connector 200 includes two sleeves coaxially disposed and rotatably connected in a circumferential direction to maintain an electrical connection, denoted as a first connector (or outer tube) and a second connector (or inner tube), in which the second connector is sleeved, and the second connector and the first connector can always be in contact to achieve an electrical connection, and the rotational connection between the second connector and the first connector means that one of the second connector and the first connector can be fixedly connected and rotatable with the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the other sleeve can be fixedly connected and non-rotatable with the first circuit board 111 (or motherboard) in the housing. When the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the sleeve electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor may be driven to rotate, and, due to the rotatable connection between the two sleeves, one sleeve may always maintain contact with the other sleeve when rotated, so that the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111 may always be maintained when the fingerprint sensor 130C rotates.

The connector and the relationship between the connector and the relevant components will be described below with reference to fig. 12 to 19.

Fig. 12 is a schematic exploded view of a connector 200 according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 13 is a schematic structural view of a first body according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 14 is a schematic structural view of a first connector according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a second body according to another embodiment of the present application, fig. 16 is a schematic structural view of a second connector according to another embodiment of the present application, and fig. 17 is a schematic assembly view of a connector according to another embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 12 to 14, the first connection member 210 includes a first body 241 and at least one first metal piece 242 fixedly coupled to the first body 241, a partial region of the first metal piece 242 is exposed to the inside of the first body 241, and may contact with the metal piece on the second connection member 220 to achieve electrical connection of the first connection member 210 and the second connection member 220, and one end of the first metal piece 242 protruding from the first body 241 may be electrically connected with a related part. Illustratively, one end of the first metal piece 242 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 (or motherboard) within the housing 180, and may also be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. The first connection member 210 does not rotate when one end of the first metal piece 242 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, and the first connection member 210 may rotate when one end of the first metal piece 242 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C.

It should be understood that when the first connector 210 includes a plurality of first metal pieces 242, any two first metal pieces 242 may not be in contact with each other, or may be in contact with each other, which is not limited in any way. Illustratively, the number of first metallic pieces 242 may be 4.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 12 and 13, a first groove 2412 corresponding to the first metal piece 242 is provided on the outer wall 2411 of the first body 241, the first groove 2412 extends from the outer wall 2411 of the first body 241 to an end of the first body 241, and an opening 2412-1 is provided on the first groove 2412. Referring to fig. 12 and 14, the first metal piece 242 is inserted into the first groove 2412 to be snap-fitted on the first body 241, a portion of the first metal piece 242 at the position of the opening 2412-1 (denoted as a first contact section 2421) is exposed inside the first body 241, and may be in contact with the ring-shaped metal piece of the second connection piece 220, and the remaining portion of the first metal piece 242 (denoted as a first connection section 2422) extends toward the outside of the first body 241, and an end of the first metal piece 242 protruding from the first body 241 may be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C.

Exemplarily, referring to fig. 13, the first groove 2412 includes a first groove segment 2412-a disposed along a circumferential direction of the first body 241 and a second groove segment 2412-B disposed along an axial direction of the first body 241, the first groove segment 2412-a and the second groove segment 2412-B are in communication, and correspondingly, referring to fig. 12 and 14, the first connection segment 2422 of the first metal piece 242 includes a ring segment 2422-a and an extension segment 2422-B connected, the ring segment 2422-a is inserted into the first groove segment 2412-a, and the extension segment 2422-B is inserted into the second groove segment 2412-B, and an end of the extension segment 2422-B extending out of the first body 241 is connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C.

Illustratively, the first metal piece 242 is a metal piece having elasticity that can be elastically pressed against the annular metal piece when the first metal piece 242 is in contact with the annular metal piece of the second connection piece 220. In this way, the resilient first metal member 242 has a better deformability during relative rotation between the first connector 210 and the second connector 220 about the axial direction, and better contacts the metal member on the second connector 220 to ensure electrical connection between the first connector 210 and the second connector 220.

Illustratively, the first metal piece 242 may be linear, for example, the first metal piece 242 may be a resilient metal wire.

Referring to fig. 12, 15 to 17, the second connection member 220 includes a second body 251 and at least one second metal member 252 fixedly connected to the second body 251, the at least one second metal member 252 is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one first metal member 242 of the first connection member 210, specifically, the number of the second metal members 252 is the same as the number of the first metal members 242 of the first connection member 210, and a portion of the second metal member 252 sleeved on the second body 251 may always contact with the first metal member 242 to achieve electrical connection of the first connection member 210 and the second connection member 220, and an end of the second metal member 252 protruding from the second body 251 may be electrically connected to a related part. Illustratively, one end of the second metal member 252 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 (or motherboard) within the housing 180, and may also be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. The second connection member 220 does not rotate when one end of the second metal member 252 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, and the second connection member 220 may rotate when one end of the second metal member 252 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C.

It should be understood that when the second connecting member 220 includes a plurality of second metal members 252, any two second metal members 252 may or may not be in contact with each other, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way. Illustratively, the number of second metallic pieces 252 may be 4.

It should also be appreciated that the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 electrically connect different components. In some embodiments, the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, the first connector 210 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is fixed on the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, so that the first connector 210 can be fixed on the housing through the first circuit board 111, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connector 220 can be driven to rotate, and the first connector 210 does not rotate. In other embodiments, the second connector 220 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the first connector 210 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and when the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first connector 210 are driven to rotate, and the second connector 220 does not rotate, and in this embodiment, the first connector 210 may be fixed on the rod 122 to better fix the first connector 210.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 12, the second metal piece 252 includes a second contact section 2521 and a second connection section 2522, referring to fig. 15, a through hole 2511 corresponding to the second metal piece 252 is provided on the second body 251, referring to fig. 16, the second contact section 2521 is sleeved on an outer wall of the second body 251, the second connection section 2522 extends into the second body 251 through the through hole 2511 and extends along an axial direction of the second body 251, and an end of the second connection section 2522 extending out of the second body 251 can be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C. It will be appreciated that in embodiments in which the second connector 220 includes a plurality of second metal members 252, the second connection sections 2522 of the second metal members 252 may be flipped over into the interior of the second body 251 and extended toward the exterior of the inner body 251, and the second connection sections 2522 may be arranged relatively easily without interference between the respective second metal members 252, which is simple and easy to implement.

In other embodiments, the second body 251 may not need to be provided with a through hole 2511 corresponding to the second metal piece 252, and, for example, the second contact section 2521 of the second metal piece 252 is sleeved on the outer wall of the second body 251, and the second connection section 2522 extends towards the outside of the second body 251 (not shown in the drawings) on the outer wall of the second body 251 after being bent, so that one end protruding out of the second body 251 may be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 or the fingerprint sensor 130C. However, the design of such a structure is relatively complex.

Referring to fig. 17, the second metal piece 252 of the second connection member 220 corresponds to the first metal piece 252 of the first connection member 210, and when one of the second connection member 220 and the first connection member 210 rotates and the other does not rotate, the first contact section 2421 of the first metal piece 242 and the second contact section 2521 of the second metal piece 252 may always be in contact with each other to achieve the electrical connection between the second connection member 220 and the first connection member 210.

For convenience of description, the relationship between the connector and the related components will be described with reference to fig. 18 and 19 by taking the example that the second connector 220 is fixedly connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first connector 210 is fixedly connected to the first circuit board 111.

Fig. 18 is a schematic exploded view of the wearable device 100 mounted with the connector 200 shown in fig. 12 to 17 provided by the embodiment of the present application, and fig. 19 is a schematic assembly view of a partial area of the wearable device 100 mounted with the connector 200 shown in fig. 12 to 17 provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the structures shown in fig. 18 and 19 are only illustrative, that more or fewer components may be included in the wearable device 100, and that the locations and connection relationships between the various components in the wearable device 100 are not limited to the structures shown in the figures.

Referring to fig. 18 and 19, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, and an input device 120.

The fingerprint sensor 130C is fixed to the head 121 of the input device 120. In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover plate 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contact with a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover plate 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed at the head 121, made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover plate 1211 may be a transparent glass cover plate.

The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod 122 of the input device 120, specifically, the first connecting member 210 is sleeved in the rod 122, and a gap is formed between the first connecting member 210 and the rod 122 and is not in contact with the rod 122 (not shown), so that the first connecting member 210 is not driven when the input device 120 is rotated, and the second connecting member 220 is sleeved in the first connecting member 210. The plurality of first metal pieces 242 (e.g., 4 first metal pieces 242) of the first connection member 210 are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of second metal pieces 252 (e.g., 4 second metal pieces 252) of the second connection member 220, and the first contact sections 2421 of the first metal pieces 242 located on the openings 2414-1 of the grooves 2412 of the first body 241 are in contact with the second contact sections 2521 fitted over the second body 251 to achieve the electrical connection between the second connection member 220 and the first connection member 210. One end of the first connection section 2422 of the first connection member 210 extending toward the outside of the first body 241 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is fixed to the housing 180 such that the first connection member 210 can be fixed to the housing 180 through the first circuit board 111, and one end of the second connection section 2522 of the second connection member 220 extending toward the outside of the second body 251 is electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C. When the input device 120 is rotated, the input device 120 drives the fingerprint sensor 130C and the second connecting member 220 to rotate, and the second connecting member 220 rotates around the axial direction relative to the first connecting member 210, and the second metal member 252 of the second connecting member 220 is always in contact with the first metal member 242 of the first connecting member 210, so that the electrical connection between the second connecting member 220 and the first connecting member 210 can be maintained, so as to maintain the electrical connection between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111.

In some embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (may be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and an end of the second metal member 252 of the second connection member 220 protruding from the second body 251 is electrically connected to the second circuit board 112 to be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

In other embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (may also be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and an end of the first metal piece 242 of the first connector 210 protruding from the first body 241 is electrically connected to the third circuit board 113 to be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 is disposed on the lever portion 122, and includes a first connector 210 and a second connector 220 that are coaxially disposed and rotatably connected in the circumferential direction to maintain electrical connection, and the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 can be always in contact to achieve electrical connection, one of the second connector 220 and the first connector 210 can be electrically connected and rotatable with the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the other can be electrically connected and non-rotatable with the first circuit board 111 (or motherboard) within the housing 180, and the electrical connection of the fingerprint sensor 130C and the first circuit board 111 can be achieved during rotation of the fingerprint sensor 130C. Since the connectors 200 are all provided at the lever portion 122, space within the housing 180 is not occupied, and reliability is good. However, since the connector 200 includes the second connector 220 and the first connector 210, there is a certain requirement for the radial dimension of the stem 122, and a relatively large design is required, and in order to ensure a good contact between the second connector 220 and the first connector 210, the length of the connector 200 is designed to be relatively long, so that the axial dimension of the stem 122 is relatively large.

As a rotatable input device 120, a sensor may be built into the wearable device 100 to recognize the rotation of the input device 120. In some embodiments, the cavity in the second connector 220 may house a sensor (denoted as sensor 1301) for identifying rotation. Illustratively, referring to FIG. 20, one end of the sensor 1301 is fixedly attached to the first circuit board 111, extends toward the second connector 220, and protrudes into the cavity 2501 of the second connector 220. When the input device 120 is rotated, the sensor 1301 located in the cavity 2501 of the second connector 220 may identify the rotation or movement of the input device 120 by the relevant feature points, and the manner and structure of identifying the rotation or movement may be referred to as the relevant description below.

In the embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be combined with other components to form a fingerprint module for fingerprint recognition. Illustratively, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be combined with the second circuit board 112 to form a fingerprint module. It will be appreciated that the above example of a fingerprint module including a fingerprint sensor is merely illustrative, and that more or fewer components may be included in the fingerprint module where a fingerprint sensor is included. Hereinafter, the explanation of the fingerprint module is the same as that of the fingerprint module, and no specific explanation is provided.

In some embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate whether or not the input device 120 is rotated, particularly the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate during rotation of the input device 120. The connector 200 serves as a bridge connecting the first circuit board 111 (or the main board or the processor) and the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the connector 200 does not rotate in the case where neither the first circuit board 111 nor the fingerprint sensor 130C rotates. The wearable device 100 of this structure is easier to implement the fingerprint recognition function because the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate, and can ensure that the connector 200 has a good reliability as much as possible because the connector 200 does not rotate.

Fig. 21 is a schematic exploded view of a connector 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application, fig. 22 is a schematic exploded view of a wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application to which the connector 200 shown in fig. 21 is mounted, and fig. 23 is a schematic assembly view of a partial area of the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application to which the connector 200 shown in fig. 21 is mounted.

Referring to fig. 21, the connector 200 illustratively includes a fixing rod 260 and a plurality of metal strips 270 inserted and fixed in the fixing rod 260, and the fixing rod 260 is provided with through holes 2601 inserted and fixed with the metal strips 270. One end of the metal bar 270, which is far away from the fingerprint sensor, may be electrically connected to the first circuit board, and one end of the metal bar 270, which is near to the fingerprint sensor, is used to be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor. In some embodiments, the metal strip 270 may connect two ends of the metal strip 270 to the first circuit board and the fingerprint sensor by means of via-hole welding or patch welding, respectively, to achieve electrical connection. In other embodiments, the metal bar 270 may be referred to as a metal pin, which may be split, i.e., one portion of the metal pin is a pin and the other portion is a socket, wherein the pin and socket may be connected to the fingerprint sensor and the first circuit board, respectively.

Referring to fig. 22 and 23, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a first circuit board 111, a connector 200, a fingerprint sensor 130C, and an input device 120.

The fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120, and there is a gap 120-1 between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the inner wall of the head 121 and is not in contact so that the fingerprint sensor 130C does not rotate when the input device 120 rotates. The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod 122 of the input device 120, a gap 120-1 exists between the fixed rod 260 and the rod 122 of the connector 200 and is not contacted, so that when the input device rotates, the connector 200 does not rotate, one end, far away from the fingerprint sensor 130C, of the metal strip 270 of the connector 200 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, the first circuit board 191 is fixed on the shell 180 of the wearable device, and therefore the connector 200 can be fixed on the shell through the first circuit board 111, and one end, close to the fingerprint sensor 130C, of the metal strip 270 is electrically connected with the fingerprint sensor 130C. In this way, electrical connection of the fingerprint sensor 130C to the first circuit board 111 may be achieved through the connector 200. When the input device 120 is rotated, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the connector 200 may not be rotated since the fingerprint sensor 130C and a part fixedly connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C (e.g., the second circuit board 112 hereinafter) have a gap 120-1 with respect to the head 121 and do not contact, and the connector 200 has a gap 120-1 with respect to the lever 122.

In some embodiments, the body 101 further includes a cover plate 1211 secured to an end of the head 121 for contact with a finger to protect components (e.g., the fingerprint sensor 130C) disposed within the head 121. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor, the cover plate 1211 may be understood as a channel disposed at the head 121, made of a transparent material, e.g., the cover plate 1211 may be a transparent glass cover plate. It will be appreciated that in the embodiment where the cover 1211 is secured to the head 121, a gap 120-1 exists between the fingerprint sensor 130C and both the head 121 and the cover 1211.

In other embodiments, the body 101 further includes a second circuit board 112 (which may be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, and an end of the metal bar 270 adjacent to the fingerprint sensor 130C is electrically connected to the second circuit board 112 to be electrically connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the second circuit board 112.

In other embodiments, the main body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (also referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and an end of the metal bar 270 remote from the fingerprint sensor 130C is electrically connected to the third circuit board 113 to be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113.

As a rotatable input device 120, a sensor may be built into the wearable device 100 to recognize the rotation of the input device 120. In some embodiments, a sensor (denoted as sensor 1301) for identifying rotation may be housed in the stationary rod 260.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 21, the fixing lever 260 is provided therein with an open groove 2602 penetrating in an axial direction and opening on an outer wall 2603 of the fixing lever 260, and referring to fig. 22 and 23, one end of the sensor 1301 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, illustratively, one end of the sensor 1301 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113, and the sensor 1301 extends toward a direction approaching the fixing lever 260, protruding into the open groove 2602 on the fixing lever 260. In this way, when the input device 120 is rotated, the sensor 1301 located in the opening groove 2602 of the fixing lever 260 can recognize the rotation of the input device 120 through the relevant feature points, and a specific manner and structure of recognizing the rotation can be referred to as the relevant description below.

It should be understood that the embodiment of the fingerprint sensor 130C shown in fig. 1-23 provided on the head 121 is only schematically illustrated. In other embodiments, the fingerprint sensor 130C may also be disposed within the stem 122 (not shown), with the channel extending from the outer surface of the head 121 to the fingerprint sensor 130C. In an example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be connected to the processor 110 through the connector 200, at least a portion of the connector 200 is disposed in the stem 122, and the connector 200 is located between the processor 110 (or the first circuit board 111) and the fingerprint sensor 130C, and the connection relationship between the connector 200 and the processor 110 and the fingerprint sensor 130C may refer to the connection relationship shown in fig. 11, 19 and 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in fig. 11, 19 and 23 is disposed in the stem 122. In another example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may not need to be connected to the processor 110 through the connector 200, for example, referring to fig. 19, if the end of the stem 122 away from the head 121 is provided with a third circuit board (small board) 113 fixed on the housing 180, and the fingerprint sensor 130 is disposed in the stem 122 and fixed on the third circuit board 113, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be connected to the first circuit board 111 through the third circuit board 113 to achieve connection with the processor 110.

In an embodiment in which the input device 120 is a key or a button having a pressing function and the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120, while fingerprint recognition is enabled, a switching device may be provided between the circuit board and the lever 122 of the input device 120 in order to enable a translational or tilting movement input of the input device 120, and a metal dome may be provided in the switching device to make the switching device elastic, so that when the input device 120 is pressed, the lever 122 contacts the switching device and presses the switching device to implement the switching function.

For convenience of description, a relationship between a switching device and other components in an embodiment in which the input device 120 is a key or a button having a pressing function and the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described taking a structure of the connector 200 corresponding to fig. 12 to 20 as an example. It will be appreciated that the switching device of the embodiments of the present application is equally applicable to structures shown in other figures or not shown.

Referring to fig. 24 and 25, a switching device 400 is provided between the first circuit board 111 and the lever portion 122, and the switching device 400 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and illustratively, in an embodiment in which the wearable apparatus 100 includes the third circuit board 113, the switching device 400 may be directly mounted on the third circuit board 113. Since the connector 200 is provided in the lever 122, the switching device 400 is provided adjacent to an inner end surface of the lever 122, which is an end surface of the lever 122 remote from the head 121, and which is a region in contact with the switching device 400, so as to press the input device 120, enabling a user's movement input. Referring to fig. 25 (which can be compared with fig. 20), the switching device 400 is directly mounted on the third circuit board 113 and faces the inner end surface of the lever part 122, and when the input device 120 is pressed, the inner end surface of the lever part 122 contacts the switching device 400, and presses the switching device 400 to realize a switching function.

It should be appreciated that the switching device 400 may be of any configuration so long as it is in contact with the inner end surface of the stem 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 26 and 27, the switching device 400 may have a generally annular structure with a hollow area for receiving the connector 200, and the inner end surface of the lever 122 is in large-area contact with the switching device 400 when the input device 120 is pressed. In this way, the force applied to the input device 120 is relatively uniform, so that not only the stability of the pressing operation of the input device 120 can be improved, but also the hand feeling is easy to control, the feeling of local force is not easy to generate, and the user experience can be greatly improved. It will be appreciated that the annular structure of the switching device 400 may be a closed annular structure as shown in fig. 26, or may be a semi-closed annular structure (not shown in the drawings), and the embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way.

In other embodiments, the switching device 400 may also be in a strip shape, where the switching device 400 is disposed adjacent to the inner end surface of the stem 122, and the wearable device may be provided with a plurality of switching devices 400 disposed at intervals (not shown) along the inner end surface of the stem 122, and for example, the plurality of switching devices 400 may be symmetrically and uniformly disposed, such that the force applied by the input device 120 is relatively uniform. For example, the plurality of switching devices 400 may include two switching devices 400, and the two switching devices 400 are symmetrically disposed. For another example, the plurality of switching devices 400 are looped around the inner end surface of the stem 122.

The structure in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above, and the structure in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is provided in the housing 180 is described in detail below.

In an embodiment in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the housing 180, a finger touches the head 121 of the input device 120, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may obtain fingerprint information from a signal from the head 121 for fingerprint recognition.

As described above, the fingerprint sensor 130C of the embodiment of the present application may be an optical fingerprint sensor. In this embodiment, a channel for transmitting light is formed on the input device 120, and the channel penetrates through the input device 120 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the head 121, and a lens group may be disposed in the input device 120 to facilitate better transmission of light reflected from the finger into the fingerprint sensor 130C. It will be appreciated that the lens assembly includes one or more lenses, and that the transparent assembly may be disposed on the head 121 or stem 122, or on both the head 121 and stem 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 28, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a fingerprint sensor 130C. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, and the input device 120 includes a head 121 and a lever 122, the head 121 extends outwardly from the housing 180, and the lever 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181.

With continued reference to fig. 28, the input device 120 has a channel formed thereon for transmitting light, the channel extending from an outer surface of the head 121 to an inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the head 121, wherein the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 is an end surface perpendicular to an axial direction (e.g., x-direction) of the stem 122 away from the head 121, and the outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-a and side surfaces 121-B of the head 121. In some embodiments, referring to fig. 28, the stem 122 is provided with a first channel 1231 penetrating the stem 12 in the axial direction of the stem 122, the head 121 is made of a transparent material and can transmit light, and the transparent head 121 and the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 form a channel between the surface of the head 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C for transmitting light. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity penetrating the stem 122 along the axial direction of the stem 122, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, which is not limited in any way in the embodiment of the present application.

With continued reference to fig. 28, a lens assembly is disposed in the first channel 1231 of the stem 122, the lens assembly including one or more lenses 310, one lens 310 being shown in fig. 28 for converging light reflected by a finger, the reflected light being transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint identification.

In order to better transmit light, the first passage 1231 provided at the lever 122 is illustratively disposed opposite the fingerprint sensor 130C.

In some embodiments, the focal length of lens 310 may be less than the spacing between fingerprint sensor 130C and lens 310, forming an optical path as shown in FIG. 28. In other embodiments, the focal length of the lens 310 is greater than the spacing between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the lens 310, forming an optical path as shown in FIG. 29. When the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 310, the focal lengths of any two lenses 310 may be the same or different.

The lens 310 may be a convex lens.

Referring to fig. 30, the lens 310 may be a single-sided convex lens (e.g., (a) and (b) of fig. 30), a double-sided convex lens (e.g., (c) of fig. 30), or a rectangular convex lens (e.g., (d) of fig. 30)), which is not limited in any way according to the embodiment of the present application.

The surface of the lens 310 may be spherical or aspherical, and the curvatures of the biconvex lens or the rectangular convex lens may be the same or different, which is not limited in any way. When the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 310, the shape of any two lenses 310 may be the same or different.

The channels in the input device 120 of the embodiments of the present application may have other structures as well as those shown in fig. 28.

Referring to fig. 31, a transparent cover plate 1211 is provided on an outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, a second passage 1232 is provided on the head 121, a first passage 1231 is provided on the stem 122, one end of the second passage 1232 communicates with the first passage 1231, and the other end communicates with the cover plate 1211, such that the transparent cover plate 1211, the second passage 1232, and the first passage 1231 form a passage for transmitting light between the surface of the head 121 and the fingerprint sensor 130C. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity penetrating the stem 122 in the axial direction (for example, x-direction) of the stem 122, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, and the second passage 1232 may be a cavity formed by filling a transparent material in the head 121, or may be a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity. It will be appreciated that this embodiment may be well applied to structures where the head 121 is made of a non-transparent material.

The wearable device provided in the above embodiment, where the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed in the housing 180, may be electrically connected with the motherboard simply, does not need to implement electrical connection between the motherboard and the fingerprint sensor 130C in the input device 120 through a connector or other components, and may implement reliability of fingerprint identification, especially when the input device 120 is rotated. The input device 120 is provided with a channel for transmitting light, and the first channel in the rod 122 is provided with a lens group capable of converging light, so that under the condition that fingerprints can be identified, the space of the rod 122 is effectively utilized, the volume of the wearable device is not increased to a great extent, and the miniaturized design of the wearable device can be realized. In addition, the lens group is arranged on the rod part 122, so that the head part 121 is easy to replace, and the expansibility of the wearable device is increased.

Next, other possible designs of the lens group in the input device 120 are described. Among them, fig. 32 and 33 show a structure in which a transparent group is located at the head 121, and fig. 34 and 35 show a structure in which a lens group is located at the head 121 and the stem 122.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 32, fig. 32 may be compared to fig. 28, the greatest difference between fig. 32 and fig. 28 being that the lens assembly is disposed on the head 121. The head 121 is made of a transparent material, a second channel 1232 is provided in the head 121 and communicates with the first channel 1231 in the stem 122, and a lens group is provided in the second channel 1232, the lens group including one or more lenses 310 (one lens 310 is shown in fig. 32) for converging light reflected from the finger, and the reflected light is transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint detection. Other descriptions about the lens group may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 28 and 29, and will not be repeated. The first passage 1231 may be a cavity formed in the stem 122 or a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, and the second passage 1232 may be a cavity formed in the head 121 or a transparent structure formed by filling a transparent material in the cavity, but in order to install a transparent group, a space for installing a lens group needs to be reserved in the transparent structure.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 33, fig. 33 may be compared with fig. 31, and the greatest difference between fig. 33 and fig. 31 is that the lens group is disposed at the head 121. The outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 is provided with a transparent cover plate 1211, the head 121 is provided with a second channel 1232, the stem 122 is provided with a first channel 1231, one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1232, and the other end is communicated with the cover plate 1211. Wherein a lens group is disposed in the second channel 1232 of the head 121, the lens group includes one or more lenses 310 (one lens 310 is shown in fig. 33) for converging light reflected from the finger, and the reflected light is transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C to form fingerprint information for fingerprint detection. Other descriptions of the first channel 1231, the second channel 1232, and the lens group may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 31, and will not be repeated.

The wearable device provided in the above embodiment not only can realize the miniaturization of the wearable device and improve the rotation stability of the input device, but also can simplify the design difficulty and cost of the lens group because the size of the head 121 in the radial direction is larger than the size of the stem 122 in the radial direction, compared with the structure in which the lens group is disposed in the stem 122, the lens group is disposed in the head 121 with a larger size.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 34, fig. 34 may be compared to fig. 28, the greatest difference between fig. 34 and fig. 28 being that the lens assembly is disposed at the head 121 and the stem 122. The head 121 is made of a transparent material, a second channel 1232 is provided in the head 121, communicating with the first channel 1231 in the stem 122, a portion of the lens group is provided in the first channel 1231, and another portion of the lens group is provided in the second channel 1232. Wherein one or more lenses 310 are disposed within the first channel 1231, the lenses 310 within the first channel 1231 are convex lenses, one or more lenses 310 are disposed within the second channel 1232, and the lenses 310 within the second channel 1232 are concave lenses, fig. 34 illustrates one lens 310 of the first channel 1231 and one lens 310 of the second channel 1232, for example. The descriptions of the first channel 1231 and the second channel 1232 may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 32, and are not repeated.

Illustratively, the lens 310 of the first channel 1231 is a convex lens and the lens 310 of the second channel 1232 is a concave lens for collecting a greater range of light reflected by the finger, the convex and concave lens combinations together being used to concentrate the light reflected by the finger. Description of the convex lens may refer to the related description of fig. 30, and will not be repeated. Referring to fig. 35, the concave lens may be a single-sided concave lens (as shown in fig. 35 (a) or (b)), or a double-sided concave lens (as shown in fig. 35 (c)), and when the concave lens is a double-sided concave lens, the curvatures of the two concave surfaces may be the same or different. In addition, when the lens group includes a plurality of concave lenses, the focal lengths of any two concave lenses may be the same or different.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 36, fig. 36 may be compared to fig. 31, the greatest difference between fig. 36 and fig. 31 being that the lens assembly is disposed at the head 121 and the stem 122. The outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 is provided with a transparent cover plate 1211, the head 121 is provided with a second channel 1232, the stem 122 is provided with a first channel 1231, one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1232, and the other end is communicated with the cover plate 1211. A portion of the lenses 310 of the lens group are disposed within the first channel 1231 and another portion of the lenses 310 of the lens group are disposed within the second channel 1232. Wherein one or more lenses 310 are disposed within the first channel 1231, the lenses 310 of the first channel 1231 are convex lenses, one or more lenses 310 are disposed within the second channel 1232, and the lenses 310 of the second channel 1232 are concave lenses, one convex lens and one concave lens being illustrated in fig. 36, for example. The descriptions of the first and second channels 1231 and 1232 may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 32, and the descriptions of the lens groups may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 34 and 35, which are not repeated.

The wearable device provided in the above embodiment not only can realize the miniaturization of the wearable device and improve the rotation stability of the input device, but also can set the lens group on the rod 122 and the head 121, and under the condition of using the space of the input device to the greatest extent, the concave lens set on the head 121 can further improve the light transmitted through the input device, and improve the light energy, so as to improve the fingerprint recognition efficiency.

The side wall of the channel can be made of light absorption materials or diffuse reflection materials so as to absorb light reflected to the side wall, so that parallel light can penetrate the channel as much as possible, and the influence of other parasitic lights on fingerprint identification efficiency is reduced.

In embodiments in which the first channels 1231 are disposed within the stem 122, the sidewalls forming the first channels 1231 may be, for example, light absorbing or diffuse reflecting materials. In embodiments in which the second channels 1232 are disposed within the head 121, the sidewalls forming the second channels 1232 are illustratively light absorbing or diffusely reflective materials. In embodiments in which the cover plate 1211 is disposed within the head 121, the side walls of the cover plate 1211 are illustratively of a light absorbing or diffuse reflecting material. In an embodiment in which the head 121 is made of a transparent material, the inner wall of the head 121 in the circumferential direction may employ a light absorbing material or a diffuse reflecting material.

As described above, in the embodiment of the present application, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be combined with other components to form a fingerprint module for fingerprint recognition. Illustratively, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical fingerprint sensor and the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed within the housing 180, the fingerprint sensor 130C and the lens group may form a fingerprint module, and further, in embodiments where the optical fingerprint sensor does not include a light emitting unit, the fingerprint sensor 130C, the lens group, and the light emitting unit may form a fingerprint module.

In the embodiments corresponding to fig. 28 to 36, the lens group is disposed in the input device, and it should be understood that the lens group may not be disposed in the input device, and only the channel for transmitting light needs to be formed in the input device, and the channel is disposed with reference to the structure shown in fig. 28 to 36 and will not be described again.

Fig. 28 to 36 show an embodiment in which light is transmitted from an end portion of the head 121 in the axial direction (or, from the end face 121-a of the head 121). It will be appreciated that light may also be transmitted through the circumferential ends of the head 121 (or, alternatively, from the sides 121-B of the head 121).

Illustratively, taking the fingerprint sensor 130C disposed in the housing 180 as an example, referring to fig. 37 and 38, the lens group includes one or more lenses 310 disposed in the first passage 1231 of the stem 122 of the input device 120, the head 121 includes a transparent cover plate 1211, the cover plate 1211 has a ring-shaped structure, the cover plate 1211 is disposed at an end of the head 121 in a circumferential direction, surrounds the head 121 in the circumferential direction, and the housing of the head 121 is fixedly connected, illustratively, the cover plate 1211 surrounds one circumference in the circumferential direction of the head 121. The cavity in the annular structure of the cover plate 1211 is formed as a second channel 1232, and the reflective device 710 is fixedly disposed in the second channel 1232, so that light can enter the lens 310 through the reflective device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711, and the second channel 1232 is in communication with the first channel 1231, such that the light reaches the reflecting device 710 through the cover plate 1211 and the second channel 1232, is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and the reflected light enters the lens 310 through the first channel 1231 to reach the fingerprint sensor 130C for fingerprint recognition by the fingerprint sensor 130C. It will be appreciated that the reflective device 710 may receive light at an angle to achieve light entry within the range of angles, and that, illustratively, as shown in fig. 37 and 38, the reflective device 710 may receive light at an angle of 360 degrees.

While light is transmitted through the outer end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, the user may press a finger against the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction (e.g., against the cover plate 1211 of the head 121), and, for example, the user may slide or roll on the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction to perform fingerprint recognition. The end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction may be the end of the transparent head 121 or may include the end of the transparent cover plate 1211, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way.

In an embodiment in which the fingerprint sensor 130C is an optical sensor and light transmits through the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction (as shown in fig. 37 and 38), the finger contacts the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, and during the rolling of the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, the light reflected by the finger enters the input device 120 through the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction to reach the fingerprint sensor 130C. In the case where the area of the channel for transmitting light in the head 121 (for example, the area of the cover plate 1211 or the area of the surface of the transparent head 121 in the circumferential direction) is larger than the area of the region where the finger touches the head 121 once, when the finger presses the end portion of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect not only the fingerprint information of the region where the finger touches (noted as the contact region) but also the fingerprint information of the vicinity region connected to the contact region, in other words, the fingerprint information of the regions including the contact region where the finger touches the end portion of the head 121 in the circumferential direction once.

The single contact of the finger with the head 121 in the embodiment of the present application indicates that the finger contacts the head 121 at a certain time without rolling the head 121, and the single contact with the head 121 has only one contact area. Similarly, multiple contact of the finger with the head 121 means that the finger contacts the head 121 at multiple times during the rolling of the finger on the head 121, and multiple contact areas at multiple times.

In some scenarios, the area of the outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120 is small (for example, the input device 120 is a crown), so that the contact area of the finger with the head 121 may be small, which is disadvantageous for fingerprint recognition, and thus, in the embodiment of the present application, fingerprint information of a plurality of continuous areas detected by the finger during each contact of the finger with the head 121 during the rolling of the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction may be utilized, and fingerprint recognition may be performed according to the fingerprint information detected a plurality of times.

In the embodiment of the present application, a region where the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect fingerprint information when a finger contacts the head 121 at a single time is referred to as a fingerprint region including a contact region and one or more regions connected to the contact region.

In an example, the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C includes a contact area and one area connected to the contact area, which may be an area on either side of the contact area.

In another example, the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C includes a contact area and two areas connected to the contact area, the two areas being divided to be located at both sides of the contact.

Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of the various regions that can be detected when a finger contacts the head 121 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application. Illustratively, referring to fig. 39, the end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction is provided with a transparent cover plate 1211 surrounding the head 121 to form an end including the cover plate 1211, the cover plate 1211 may be understood as a portion of the channel of the head 121, and the cover plate 1211 surrounds the head 121 one turn, meaning that the finger 10 may roll on the head 121 one turn (360 degrees), and if it is assumed that the fingerprint recognition process requires the finger 10 to roll on the head 121 one turn to perform the fingerprint recognition, one turn of the cover plate 1211 is a region where the finger 10 and the cover plate 1211 can contact in total during the fingerprint recognition process.

When the finger 10 rolls in contact with the cover plate 1211, at a certain time, the region S1 is a contact region in the head 121 in which the finger 10 is actually in contact, the region S0 and the region S2 are either or both regions that the finger 10 is not in contact but that the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect, and the region S0 and the region S2 are regions connected to S1. In an example, the fingerprint area that the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect includes the contact area S1 and either the area S0 or the area S2. In another example, the fingerprint areas that the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect include a contact area S1, an area S0, and an area S2.

In the embodiment of the present application, the finger may contact different regions of the head 121 multiple times during the rolling process of the end portion of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may detect fingerprint information of a plurality of regions during each contact process, so in some embodiments, the fingerprint information of a plurality of regions obtained by the finger continuously contacting the head 121 multiple times may be fused, and the fingerprint may be identified based on the fused fingerprint information.

Hereinafter, a method of fingerprint recognition of fingerprint information passing through a plurality of areas will be described by taking the head 121 and the finger shown in fig. 39 as an example of one scroll performed on the head 121. Further, assuming that the finger 10 is slid and scrolled from the bottom up, the fingerprint sensor 130C can detect fingerprint information of a contact area and two areas connected to the contact area when the finger 10 contacts the head 121 once,

1. The finger 10 contacts the cover 1211 at a first time (denoted as time T0), and the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C at time T0 is denoted as fingerprint area S-T0, and the fingerprint area S-T0 includes contact areas S1-T0, and areas S0-T0 and S2-T0 on both sides connected to the contact areas S1-T0. The fingerprint sensor 130C obtains fingerprint information based on the fingerprint region S-T0, the fingerprint information illustratively including a graphic feature sequence I-T0 for representing a fingerprint feature, the graphic feature sequence I-T0 including a graphic feature sequence I-S0-T0, a graphic feature sequence I-S1-T0 and a graphic feature sequence I-S2-T0, wherein the graphic feature sequence I-S0-T0 is for representing the fingerprint information of the region S0-T0, the graphic feature sequence I-S1-T0 is for representing the fingerprint information of the region S1-T0, and the graphic feature sequence I-S2-T0 is for representing the fingerprint information of the region S2-T0.

Illustratively, the fingerprint sensor 130C may distinguish between the boundaries of the region S0 and the region S1 and the boundaries of the region S2 and the region S1 according to the light intensity. Based on the limits of S0 and S1 and the limits of S2 and S1, fingerprint information of each area can be obtained better.

2. The finger 10 contacts the cover 1211 at a second time (denoted as time T1), and the fingerprint area detected by the fingerprint sensor 130C at time T1 is denoted as fingerprint area S-T1, and the fingerprint area S-T1 includes a contact area S1-T1, and areas S0-T1 and S2-T1 on both sides connected to the contact area S1-T1. The fingerprint sensor 130C obtains fingerprint information based on the fingerprint area S-T1, the fingerprint information illustratively including a graphic feature sequence I-T1 for representing a fingerprint feature, the graphic feature sequence I-T1 including a graphic feature sequence I-S0-T1, a graphic feature sequence I-S1-T1 and a graphic feature sequence I-S2-T1, wherein I-S0-T1 is for representing the fingerprint information of the area S0-T1, I-S1-T1 is for representing the fingerprint information of the area S1-T1, and I-S2-T1 is for representing the fingerprint information of the area S2-T1.

3. The wearable device 100 (e.g., a sensor for recognizing rotation) detects the angular velocity ω of the rotation of the input device 120, calculates an intersection region of the fingerprint region S-T0 detected at the first time T0 and the fingerprint region S-T1 detected at the second time T1 from the radius R of the head 121 and the time difference T1-T0 of the first time T0 and the second time T1, and fuses fingerprint information of the intersection region, illustratively, performs de-coincidence denoising on the fingerprint information to obtain new fingerprint information. Assuming that the region S2-T0 of the first time T0 coincides with the region S1-T1 of the second time T1, the pattern feature sequence I-S2-T0 corresponding to the region S2-T0 coincides with the pattern feature sequence I-S1-T1 corresponding to the region S1-T1, the fingerprint information is de-registered and denoised to form new fingerprint information, the pattern feature sequence in the new fingerprint information is denoted as I-T0T1, I-T0T1 includes I-S0-T0, I-S1-T0, I-S2-T0, and I-S2-T1, i.e., I-t0t1=i-S0-t0+i-s1-t0+i-s2-t0+i-S2-T1.

4. Continuing to obtain fingerprint information of the third time, the fourth time. After the user completes one complete scroll, a new fingerprint information is finally obtained. The complete scrolling means that the head 121 needs to be scrolled by a preset angle during the fingerprint identification process.

5. And comparing the finally obtained fingerprint information with pre-stored fingerprint information to perform fingerprint identification. For example, if the similarity of the two fingerprint information satisfies the preset condition, the fingerprint identification is successful, and if the similarity of the two fingerprint information does not satisfy the preset condition, the fingerprint identification is unsuccessful.

In the process of pre-storing the fingerprint information of the user, the steps 1-4 can be executed to finish one-time scrolling process to obtain the fingerprint information, in order to improve the reliability of the fingerprint information, the steps 1-4 can be repeatedly executed twice to obtain the fingerprint information, the fingerprint information obtained by the two times is compared, and after the similarity of the fingerprint information obtained by the two times meets the preset condition, the fingerprint information is recorded into the wearable equipment, so that the fingerprint information is recorded and pre-stored.

In the prior art, the acquisition and recognition of fingerprints are in a fixed area in contact with the finger. When the finger of the user rolls or slides in the area, the sensor does not know how the finger of the user rolls or slides, and only can rely on a default rule (from top to bottom or from left to right), or image recognition and splicing are utilized, so that the acquisition efficiency is low, and the recognition efficiency is also low. In the embodiment of the application, the fingerprint sensor can detect the fingerprint information of the contact area and the non-contact area simultaneously when the finger contacts the head once, and the fingerprint identification is performed by processing a plurality of fingerprint information obtained by the previous contact and the fingerprint information obtained by the subsequent contact, so that the operation rule of the finger does not need to be known, the fingerprint acquisition area can be improved, the fingerprint identification efficiency is improved, and the fingerprint identification device is particularly suitable for a structure with a smaller size of the input device 120.

In the following, taking fig. 40 to 45 as an example, a graphical user interface (GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE, GUI) of a finger during the scrolling of the head 121 according to an embodiment of the present application is described.

Fig. 40-43 provide a set of GUI change diagrams of the wearable device 100 when a user scrolls through a fingerprint in a single finger in an embodiment of the application.

Referring to fig. 40 to 43 (a), the GUI is that the wearable device 100 is in a screen-off or screen-locked state.

When a user presses a single finger against the side 121-B of the head 121 in an area where the fingerprint sensor 130C detects a fingerprint, the fingerprint sensor 130C provided in the input device 120 is triggered to capture fingerprint information of the user. Wherein, fingerprint information of the user may be sequentially transmitted to the fingerprint sensor 130C through the cover plate 1211, the second channel 1232, and the first channel 1232. At this time, the wearable device 100 is in a bright screen state, and the wearable device 100 may further display a fingerprint input progress bar and related prompt information 1 about fingerprint input on the display interface, where the fingerprint input progress bar is used to indicate the progress of user single finger fingerprint input, specifically see (b) in fig. 40, (b) in fig. 41, (b) in fig. 42, and (b) in fig. 43.

For example, as shown in fig. 40 (b), 41 (b), 42 (b), and 43 (b), the hint information 1 includes "fingerprint entry" and "rolling crown until the wristwatch vibrates.

The application does not limit the shape, size or display color of the fingerprint input progress bar. For example, the user may set or default the shape, size, or display color of the fingerprint-entry progress bar that has been set.

For example, the fingerprint-entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a fingerprint icon. For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 40, the fingerprint-entry progress bar is a fingerprint icon 1.

For example, the fingerprint-entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a closed graphic. For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 41, the fingerprint entry progress bar is a rounded rectangle 2.

For example, the fingerprint-entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 42, the fingerprint entry progress bar is the screen interface 3 of the wearable device 100.

For example, the fingerprint-entry progress bar may be presented in the form of a light-emitting device provided on the periphery of the body 101 of the wearable device 100. The light emitting device 4 may include one light emitting unit or a plurality of light emitting units. For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 43, the fingerprint input progress bar is a light-emitting strip 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101.

The user can complete the input of the fingerprint by the single-finger rolling input device 120 according to the prompt information 1. In the process of the user single-finger scrolling input device 120, besides the prompt information 1 being displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, the fingerprint input progress bar on the display interface of the wearable device 100 can be changed in positive correlation with the number of the single-finger fingerprint areas input by the user.

The application is not limited as to the form in which the fingerprint entry progress bar presents the positive correlation change.

Illustratively, the change in the fingerprint entry progress bar is implemented with a fill effect of the fingerprint icon. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 40, the wearable device 100 may fill in the corresponding region in the corresponding fingerprint icon 1 according to the region of the single finger fingerprint entered by the user, so that the progress of the single finger fingerprint entry by the user is represented by how much of the filled region of the fingerprint icon 1.

The application does not limit the filling color of the fingerprint icon. Illustratively, the user may set or default the fill color of the set fingerprint icon. For example, the fill color of the fingerprint icon may be the same as the display color of the fingerprint icon, or the fill color of the fingerprint icon may be different from the display color of the fingerprint icon.

Illustratively, the change in the fingerprint entry progress bar is implemented with a filling effect of a circular rectangle. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 41, the wearable device 100 may fill the corresponding region in the corresponding circular rectangle 2 according to the region of the single finger print entered by the user, so that the progress of the single finger print entry of the user is embodied by how much of the filled region of the circular rectangle 2.

The application is not limited to the filling color of the round rectangle. For example, the user may set or default the fill color of the round rectangle that has been set. For example, the fill color of the circular rectangle may be the same as the display color of the circular rectangle, or the fill color of the circular rectangle may be different from the display color of the circular rectangle.

Illustratively, the change in the fingerprint-entry progress bar is implemented with a fill effect of the screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 42, the wearable device 100 may fill the corresponding area in the screen interface 3 of the corresponding wearable device 100 according to the area of the single finger print entered by the user, so that the progress of the user single finger print entry is represented by how much area is filled in the screen interface 3 of the wearable device 100.

The present application is not limited to the fill color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100. Illustratively, the user may set or default the fill color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 that has been set. For example, the fill color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 may be the same as the display color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100, or the fill color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100 may also be different from the display color of the screen interface of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, the change of the fingerprint entry progress bar is implemented with the area where the light-emitting strip 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101 is lit. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 43, the wearable device 100 may control the corresponding light emitting units to emit light according to the area of the single finger print entered by the user, and transmit the light into the light emitting strips 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101, thereby embodying the progress of the user's single finger print entry by how much of the area of the light emitting strips 4 provided on the periphery of the main body 101 is lit.

The color of the area where the light-emitting strip 4 is lighted may be one or more.

The present application is not limited to the color in which the light-emitting tape 4 is lighted. For example, the user may set or default the color with which the luminous band 4 that has been set is lighted. For example, the color with which the light-emitting tape 4 is lighted may be the same as the display color of the boundary of the light-emitting tape 4, or the color with which the light-emitting tape 4 is lighted may be different from the display color of the boundary of the light-emitting tape 4.

In one implementation, during the process of the user single-finger scrolling of the input device 120, the wearable device 100 may also be prompted on the display interface for the user's trend of the fingerprint entry progress bar.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 41, an arrow 5 may also be displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, where the arrow 5 is used to prompt the user to walk down the fingerprint entry progress bar.

When the user single finger fingerprint entry is completed, the wearable device 100 may alert the user through vibration to display a full fingerprint entry progress bar and related prompt information 2 about the completion of fingerprint entry on the display interface. See specifically fig. 40 (d), fig. 41 (d), fig. 42 (d), fig. 4 (d).

For example, as shown in fig. 40 (d), fig. 41 (d), fig. 42 (d), and fig. 43 (d), the hint information 1 includes "fingerprint entry" and "fingerprint entry completed".

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 40, the fingerprint icon 1 that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

As another example, as shown in (d) of fig. 41, a circular rectangle 2 that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

As another example, as shown in (d) of fig. 42, a screen interface that has been completely filled is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

As another example, as shown in (d) of fig. 43, the light-emitting strips 4 that have been fully lit up are displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

The fingerprint input process can also be a fingerprint input process in fingerprint identification. After the user single-finger fingerprint is input, the wearable device 100 needs to identify the input user fingerprint, and can automatically jump to an interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked under the condition that the user fingerprint identification is successful. For example, as shown in (e) in fig. 40, (e) in fig. 41, (e) in fig. 42, and (e) in fig. 43, the interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked.

The process of the wearable device 100 identifying the fingerprint of the user input specifically may be that the wearable device 100 matches the fingerprint input by the user with a fingerprint template of a machine owner stored in the wearable device 100, and in the case that the user fingerprint input by the wearable device 100 is successfully matched with the fingerprint template of the machine owner stored in the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be considered to successfully identify the fingerprint of the user.

The difference from fig. 40 to fig. 43 is that fig. 44 is a set of GUI change diagrams of the wearable device 100 when the user double-finger scrolls to enter the fingerprint according to the embodiment of the present application.

Referring to fig. 44 (a), the GUI is that the wearable device 100 is in a screen-off or screen-locked state.

When the user rotates the input device 120 with two fingers, and the two fingers press on the side 121-B of the head 121 in an area where the fingerprint sensor 130C detects a fingerprint, the fingerprint sensor 130C provided in the input device 120 is triggered to capture fingerprint information of the user. At this time, the wearable device 100 is in a bright screen state, and the wearable device 100 may further display a double-finger fingerprint input progress bar and related reminding information 3 about double-finger fingerprint input on the display interface, where the double-finger fingerprint input progress bar is used for indicating the user's progress of double-finger fingerprint input.

The double finger fingerprint entry progress bar may include two fingerprint entry progress bars.

The application is not limited to the form of two fingerprint entry progress bars.

By way of example, the two-finger fingerprint entry progress bar may include two fingerprint icons as shown in (b) of fig. 40, one for indicating the progress of fingerprint entry of one of the user's two fingers and the other for indicating the progress of fingerprint entry of the other of the user's two fingers.

By way of example, the two-finger fingerprint-entry progress bar may include two circular rectangles as shown in (b) of fig. 41, one for indicating the progress of fingerprint-entry of one of the user's two fingers and the other for indicating the progress of fingerprint-entry of the other of the user's two fingers.

Illustratively, the dual finger fingerprint entry progress bar includes a region where the two fingerprint entry progress bars add up to cover the form of a screen interface of the entire wearable device 100.

For example, the two fingerprint entry progress bars may be distributed across the screen interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as described in (b) in fig. 44, the double-finger fingerprint-entry progress bar includes two left and right fingerprint-entry progress bars that occupy the screen interface of the wearable device 100. One fingerprint input progress bar is a fingerprint input progress bar of a finger 1 of a user, and the other fingerprint input progress bar is a fingerprint input progress bar of a finger 2 of the user.

For example, the two fingerprint entry progress bars may be distributed up and down to occupy the screen interface of the wearable device 100.

As shown in (b) of fig. 44, the hint information 3 includes "fingerprint entry" and "double-finger rolling crown until the wristwatch vibrates".

The user can complete the entry of the fingerprint by the two-finger scroll input device 120 according to the prompt 3. In the process of the user double-finger scroll input device 120, besides the prompt information 3 being displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, the double-fingerprint input progress bar on the display interface of the wearable device 100 can be changed in positive correlation with the number of double-finger fingerprint areas input by the user.

Illustratively, the change of each fingerprint-entry progress bar is implemented with a fill effect of the fingerprint-entry progress bar.

The filling effect of the two fingerprint input progress bars can be the same or different, and the application is not limited to the above.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 44, the wearable device 100 may fill the respective areas in the fingerprint input progress bars corresponding to the respective fingers 1 and 2 according to the areas of the double-finger fingerprints input by the user, so that the progress of the double-finger fingerprint input by the user is represented by how much of the filling area of each of the double-finger fingerprint input progress bars of the wearable device 100.

When the user double-finger fingerprint entry is completed, the wearable device 100 can remind the user to display the double-fingerprint entry progress bar of the full grid and related prompt information 2 about the completion of the fingerprint entry on the display interface through vibration. For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 44, the hint information 3 includes "fingerprint-entry" and "fingerprint-entry completed".

The fingerprint input process can also be a fingerprint input process in fingerprint identification. After the user double-finger fingerprint input is completed, the wearable device 100 needs to identify the input user fingerprint, and can automatically jump to an interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked under the condition that the user fingerprint identification is successful. For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 44, an interface after the wearable device 100 is unlocked.

With respect to the part not described in fig. 44, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions in fig. 40 to 43, and the description thereof will not be repeated here.

When a user needs to open privacy-related content on wearable device 100, wearable device 100 may verify the user's identity by capturing the user's fingerprint through input device 120.

The content related to privacy may be set by a user or may be default to the system of the wearable device 100.

By way of example, the privacy-related content may be folders, applications, pictures, documents, and the like.

In the following, taking fig. 45 as an example, a set of GUI change schematics of the wearable device 100 are presented when a user uses an application on the wearable device 100 that involves privacy rights or identity authentication.

Referring to (a) in fig. 45, when a user uses a wallet application on the wearable device 100 involving privacy rights or authentication, the wearable device 100 may remind the user of authentication.

For example, the wearable device 100 may display a prompt 4 on the display interface to alert the user to authentication. For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 45, the hint information 3 includes "security authentication" and "entering a fingerprint to enter an encryption application" and the like.

In one implementation, the wearable device 100 may also alert the user how to authenticate.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 45, the wearable device 100 may display a schematic diagram of how the user performs authentication on the display interface. A schematic illustration of how a user may perform authentication may be that the user touches the outer face 121-a of the input device 120 with one finger while clicking the corresponding application menu with another finger.

The user can complete the authentication according to the prompt 4. For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 45, the user touches the outer end surface 121-a of the input device 120 with an index finger, and at the same time, the user clicks the wallet menu with a thumb.

In the case where the authentication of the user by the wearable device 100 passes, an application interface concerning privacy rights or authentication is displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100. For example, as shown in (d) in fig. 45, the wallet application interface is displayed on the display interface of the wearable apparatus 100.

It should be understood that the structures of the respective components and the connection relationships between the components in the electronic apparatus shown in fig. 1 to 45 are only illustrative, and any alternative structure of the components having the same function as each component is within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

In the above, the wearable device for realizing the fingerprint identification function according to the embodiment of the present application is described with reference to fig. 4 to 45. Hereinafter, a structure in which the wearable device recognizes rotation or movement of the input device according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to fig. 46 to 68.

In an embodiment of the present application, the input device 120 is configured to provide user input, and a sensing element may be disposed within the wearable device 100, and the sensing element may detect a motion state of the input device 120, such as rotation or movement, to identify the user input in response to the user input.

The sensing element of an embodiment of the present application may comprise one or more sensors, which may be of various types, and illustratively may be an optical sensor, a capacitive sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or the like.

Hereinafter, embodiments for recognizing user input through the sensing element will be described in detail, taking various types of sensors included in the sensing element as an example. Fig. 46 to 57 are schematic structural diagrams of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes an optical sensor, fig. 58 to 62 are schematic structural diagrams of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a capacitance sensor, fig. 63 to 66 are schematic structural diagrams of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a magnetic sensor, and fig. 67 to 68 are schematic structural diagrams of a wearable device in which a sensing element includes a pressure sensor.

The sensing element may include an optical sensor 511, and correspondingly, a feature area that may be a marker is provided on the wearable device 100, and illustratively, the feature area may be provided on the input device 120 or the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, which will be described in detail later. As the input device 120 moves, the optical sensor 511 may be caused to detect light reflected by the feature area to obtain feature information, which in turn determines motion information of the input device 120 by the processor to determine user input.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the motion information of the input device 120 includes a rotation state of the motion state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to rotation, wherein the rotation information may include information such as a rotation direction and a rotation angle of the input device 120.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves, and the movement information of the input device 120 includes that the movement state of the input device 120 is a movement state and movement information related to movement, where the movement information may include a movement displacement of the input device 120, a movement direction, and the like, and the movement direction may include movement toward a direction approaching the housing 180 or movement toward a direction away from the housing 180.

In embodiments of the present application, a feature region may be a microstructure that is patterned, colored, or otherwise marked, and a feature region may also be understood as a microstructure that includes a plurality of dots.

In some embodiments, the feature region includes a feature texture that may be a microstructure formed by one or more of scallops, grooves, dimples, protrusions, bumps, scratches, irregularities, and the like.

In one example, the feature texture within the feature region varies regularly. For example, the feature texture is holes, and the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the holes are sequentially increased or decreased.

In other embodiments, the feature region may be a colored microstructure.

In one example, the color of the feature region changes regularly. For example, the feature region is colored by two colors, which are spaced apart.

As described above, the input device 120 may be rotated or moved, and for convenience of description, embodiments for recognizing a motion state of the rotation or movement of the input device 120 are described below, respectively.

First, an embodiment for recognizing the rotation of the input device 120 will be described.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 to 48, a feature area is provided on the head 121 in an area opposite to the first passage 1231 in the stem 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 46, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, an optical sensor 511. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, and the input device 120 includes a head 121 and a lever 122, the head 121 extends outwardly from the housing 180, and the lever 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181.

With continued reference to fig. 46, a first passage 1231 penetrating the stem 122 in the axial direction of the stem 122 is provided in the stem 122 for transmitting light, and the optical sensor 511 is provided in the housing 180 at one side of the end of the stem 122, and illustratively, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to one end of the first passage 1231 for better transmitting light through the first passage 1231. A feature area 1241 is provided in the head 121 on an area opposite to the other end of the first passage 1231, and light may be transmitted between the feature area 1241 and the first passage 1231 to transmit the light reflected from the feature area 1241 to the optical sensor 511 through the first passage 1231, and the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation are determined by the feature information obtained by the optical sensor 511 to recognize the user input.

With continued reference to fig. 46, the head 121 includes a first region 1213 in communication with a first channel 1231, the first region 1213 having a feature region 1241 disposed thereon. In this embodiment, the first region 1213 of the head 121 is the region of the head 121 opposite the first channel 1231.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the light from the light emitting unit passes through the first passage 1231 of the lever 122 to the characteristic region 1241 of the first region 1213 of the head 121, the characteristic region 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light passes through the first passage 1231 of the lever 122 again to the optical sensor 511 to obtain characteristic information, so that the processor connected to the optical sensor 511 may process the characteristic information obtained at a plurality of periods to determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize the user input.

It should be understood that the light emitting unit may be a light emitting unit integrated in the optical sensor 511, or may be a unit capable of emitting light independently of the optical sensor 511, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way. For convenience of description, embodiments of the present application will be described with an example in which a light emitting unit is integrated in the optical sensor 511.

In one example, the characteristic information may be an irregular gray scale formed on the light sensor 511 by light reflected onto the light sensor 511 by the characteristic region 1241, and the processor 110 may determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation by processing the gray scale to recognize the user input. For example, the processor may determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation by comparing coordinate points of the gray maps obtained a plurality of times and processing the plurality of gray maps.

In another example, the characteristic information may be the time of the light reflected back by the characteristic region 1241, and the processor 110 determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation by analyzing the obtained time to recognize the user input. For example, the processor determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation by processing the time differences between the obtained times.

In the embodiment of the present application, the feature region 1241 may be provided at an arbitrary position of the first region 1213 of the head 121, as shown in fig. 47, and the feature region 1241 is provided at a central position of the first region 1213. Of course, the feature area 1241 may be disposed at any position other than the center position in the first area 1213, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way.

In an example, the feature region 1241 includes a feature texture, which may be a microstructure formed by one or more of scallops, grooves, dimples, protrusions, bumps, scratches, irregularities, and the like.

For example, feature region 1241 includes a feature texture.

As another example, the feature region 1241 includes a plurality of feature textures of the same type, which are located at different positions of the feature region 1241 and which change regularly. For example, the feature texture is holes, and the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the holes are sequentially increased or decreased. Thus, compared to a structure in which one feature texture is provided in the feature region 1241, the feature region 1241 having a plurality of feature textures of the same type is provided on the head 121, the feature textures in the feature region 1241 change regularly, and the calculation difficulty of the processor 110 can be greatly reduced by analyzing the feature information generated by the feature region 1241 in which the feature textures change regularly.

In another example, the feature region 1241 may be a colored microstructure.

For example, the feature region 1241 is colored in one color.

As another example, the feature region 1241 is colored in a plurality of colors, which change regularly. For example, the feature region 1241 is colored with two colors, which are distributed at intervals. In this way, compared to a structure in which the feature region 1241 is colored in one color, the feature region 1241 colored in a plurality of colors is provided on the head 121, the plurality of colors are regularly changed, and the calculation difficulty can be greatly reduced by analyzing the feature information generated by the feature region 1241 colored in the plurality of colors which are regularly changed.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 48, the first region 1213 of the head 121 has an aperture 1214, and the bottom wall of the aperture 1214 has a feature region 1241. In addition, the holes 1214 may be filled with a transparent material. In this embodiment, the bottom wall of the hole 1214 of the head 121 is the region of the head 121 disposed opposite to the first passage 1231.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) passes through the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 and through the aperture 1214 to a feature area 1241 on the bottom wall of the aperture 1214, the feature area 1241 being provided to reflect the light, the reflected light again passing through the aperture 1214 and the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 to the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, such that the processor 110 connected to the optical sensor 511 may process the feature information obtained multiple times to determine the rotational state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize the user input.

For specific descriptions of the feature information and the feature region 1241, reference may be made to the above related descriptions, which are not repeated.

In other embodiments, unlike fig. 46, an optical fiber is disposed within the first channel 1231 of the stem 122, the optical fiber is disposed at a first angle to the axial direction of the stem 122, one end of the optical fiber is disposed opposite the optical sensor 511, and the other end of the optical fiber may be disposed opposite the feature area 1241 when the input device 120 is rotated to a certain angle. Wherein the feature region 1241 is spaced apart from the center of the first region 1213, specifically, the center of the feature region 1241 is spaced apart from the center of the first region 1213, that is, the feature region 1241 is located at a position other than the center position of the first region 1231.

In one example, the input device 120 rotates and the optical fiber does not rotate. In this example, the optical fiber may be fixedly connected to the housing 180 and not in contact with the stem 122 so that the optical fiber does not rotate when the input device 120 is rotated. For example, the optical fiber may be disposed in the rod 122 by using the connector 200 shown in fig. 17, for example, an optical fiber may be disposed in a cavity of the second connector 220, an end of the second connector 220 away from the head 121 may be directly or indirectly fixedly connected to the housing 180, and the first connector 210 is sleeved on the second connector 220 and fixedly connected to the rod 122 or the head 121, so that the optical fiber may not rotate when the input device 120 is rotated. Wherein, the indirect fixed connection of one end of the second connecting member 220 with the housing 180 means that one end of the second connecting member 220 is fixedly connected with the housing 180 through other components (e.g., a circuit board).

When the input device 120 is rotated such that the feature area 1241 is opposite the other end of the optical fiber, light reflected from the feature area 1241 may be reflected by the optical fiber onto the optical sensor 511 to image feature information on the optical sensor 511, and the feature area 1241 may not image on the optical sensor 511 when the feature area 1241 is dislocated from the other end of the optical fiber. That is, in this embodiment, the feature area 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals by the optical fiber, so that the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation can be determined using the pattern of the feature area 1241 imaged on the optical sensor 511 a plurality of times and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

Illustratively, the cross-section of the optical fiber may have an area that is greater than the area of the feature region 1241. As the input device 120 is rotated one revolution, the feature area 1241 may be aligned with the optical fiber within a certain angular range, so that the feature area 1241 may be imaged on the optical sensor 511 multiple times through the optical fiber, and the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation may be determined through the pattern of the multiple imaging and the imaging speed to recognize the user input, which may better improve the computing speed to improve the user experience.

Illustratively, the first region 1231 of the head 121 may be provided with a plurality of feature regions 1241, so that the plurality of feature regions 1241 may align the optical fibers a plurality of times when the input device 120 is rotated one turn, and a plurality of imaging patterns and imaging speeds may be obtained at intervals on the optical sensor 511, which may better improve the calculation accuracy to improve the recognition accuracy.

It should be appreciated that alignment of the feature area 1241 with the optical fiber means that there is at least partial overlap of the projection of the cross-section of the feature area 1241 with the projection of the cross-section of the optical fiber in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, with at least partial overlap meaning that the projections of the two partially overlap or completely overlap.

It should be appreciated that in the embodiment where the optical fiber is disposed in the first channel 1231, the feature area 1241 may be disposed on the bottom wall of the hole 1214 as shown in fig. 47, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way.

In another example, the optical fiber may rotate as the input device 120 rotates. In this example, the optical fiber may be secured within the first channel 1231 with the optical fiber disposed opposite the feature region 1241. Illustratively, the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 is filled with a filler, and the optical fiber is wrapped with the filler to secure the optical fiber to the stem 122.

During rotation of the input device 120, the optical fiber is rotated, and light reflected from the feature area 1241 may be reflected continuously by the optical fiber at the light sensor 511 to form feature information on the light sensor 511, and the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation may be determined according to the feature information to recognize the user input.

Illustratively, the characteristic information may be the time of the light reflected back by the characteristic region 1241, and the processor 110 determines the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation by analyzing the time difference between the obtained times to recognize the user input.

Illustratively, the characteristic information may be an irregular gray scale formed on the light sensor 511 by light reflected onto the light sensor 511 by the characteristic region 1241. However, since the optical fiber rotates with the rotation of the input device 120 and the feature area 1241 is imaged on the photosensor 511 through the optical fiber, the imaging track of the feature area 1241 on the photosensor 511 is ring-shaped, that is, the track of the gray scale formed by the feature area 1241 on the photosensor 511 is ring-shaped, and the angle of the ring is the same as the rotation angle of the input device 120, so that the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation can be determined according to the ring-shaped imaging track. Therefore, the calculation difficulty can be greatly reduced, and the recognition efficiency is improved.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 49 and 50, a feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end surface of the head 121 opposite the housing 180.

In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 49, head 121 includes an inner end surface 121-C adjacent housing 180 and opposite housing 180, with a feature area 1241 provided on inner end surface 121-C, and correspondingly, a third channel 182 provided in the portion of housing 180 adjacent inner end surface 121-C for transmitting light. When the input device 120 is rotated to a certain angle, one end of the third channel 182 may be disposed opposite to the feature area 1241, and one side of the other end of the third channel 182 is provided with the optical sensor 511, and the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to one end of the third channel 182, for better transmitting light through the third channel 1182. Light may be transmitted between the optical sensor 511, the third channel 182, and the feature area 1241. Wherein, the related description of the feature area 1241 may refer to the above description, and will not be repeated

In this embodiment, the imaging principle of the feature area 1241 at the optical sensor 511 is similar to that of the feature area 1241 at the optical sensor 511 through an optical fiber that does not rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, the feature area 1241 is aligned with the third channel 182 at intervals when the input device 120 is rotated, and the feature area 1241 is imaged at intervals on the optical sensor 511.

Specifically, when the input device 120 is rotated until the feature area 1241 is aligned with the third channel 182, the light reflected by the feature area 1241 may be reflected on the optical sensor 511 through the third channel 182 to form feature information on the optical sensor 511, and when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the third channel 182, the feature area 1241 may not be imaged on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature region 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 through the third channel 182 at intervals, so that the movement information of the input device 120 can be determined using the pattern in which the feature region 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 a plurality of times and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

It should be appreciated that alignment of the feature region 1241 with the third channel 182 means that there is at least partial overlap of the projection of the cross-section of the feature region 1241 with the projection of the cross-section of the third channel 182 in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, at least partial overlap meaning that the projections of the two partially overlap or completely overlap.

It should be noted that the inner end surface 121-C may also be provided with a hole, and the bottom wall of the hole is provided with a feature area 1241, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In this embodiment, the inner end surface 121-C of the head 121 is provided with a feature area 1241 and the housing 180 is provided with a third passage 182 opposite the feature area 1241, which is relatively simple in construction and low in cost.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 50, a feature area 1241 is provided on an inner end surface 121-C of the head 121, a first passage 1231 for transmitting light is provided in the stem 122, a first opening 1221 and a first polarizer 531 are provided at an end of the stem 122 near the head 121, the first opening 1221 is disposed opposite to the feature area 1241 to transmit light to the feature area 1241 through the first passage 1231, the first polarizer 531 and the first opening 1221, and at the same time, light reflected by the feature area 1241 is transmitted to the optical sensor 511 through the first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 and the first passage 1231 to generate feature information to determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to rotation to recognize a user input. The description of the feature area 1241 may refer to the above description, and will not be repeated.

With continued reference to fig. 50, a first aperture 1221 is provided in the stem 122, the first aperture 1221 extending inwardly from a sidewall of the stem 122 and communicating with the first passage 1231 such that light may be transmitted between the first passage 1231, the first aperture 1221, and the feature 1241. Illustratively, the first bore 1221 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem 122. In order to prevent external impurities such as dust or water from entering the interior of the wearable device 100 through the first opening 1221, in one example, a transparent material may be filled in the first opening 1221 to form the first opening 1221 having the transparent material, and in another example, a transparent cover plate may be mounted on the first opening 1221.

With continued reference to fig. 50, the first polarizer 531 is disposed adjacent to the first opening 1221 and opposite the first opening 1221 such that light may reach the first polarizer 531 from the first opening 1221 or such that light may reach the first opening 1221 from the first polarizer 531. Illustratively, a portion of the first polarizer 531 may protrude into the first aperture 1221. Illustratively, the first channel 1231 is filled with a transparent material, and the first polarizer 531 is wrapped with the transparent material to fix the first polarizer 531 on the stem 122.

In this embodiment, the purpose of the first polarizer 531 is to change the optical path so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the first polarizer 531 is mainly used to change the optical path of the parallel light of the incident light, and the incident light of other angles can be ignored, so when the first polarizer 531 is arranged, the position design of the first polarizer 531 is mainly considered when the incident light is the parallel light. With the axial direction of the rod 122 as a reference point, a first included angle is formed between the first polarizer 531 and the axial direction of the rod 122, and the polarizing angle and the first included angle of the first polarizer 531 satisfy the condition that the polarizing angle and the first included angle of the first polarizer 531 are complementary, that is, the sum of the polarizing angle and the first included angle of the first polarizing polarizer 531 is 90 degrees. For ease of description, the first included angle is noted as β ₁, and in one example, the first included angle β ₁ is 45 °. It is understood that the first angle β ₁ between the first polarizer 531 and the axial direction of the shaft 122 may be other angles, for example, β ₁ =40°, so long as the first polarizer 531 enables light to be transmitted between the optical sensor 5110 and the feature area 1241.

In the embodiment of the present application, the polarization angle of the first polarizer 531 represents the angle between the incident light and the normal line, and the following explanation of the polarization angles of other polarizers is the same as the description herein, and the description is omitted.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) passes through the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 to the first polarizer 531, light reflected or refracted from the first polarizer 531 (reflected light is shown in fig. 50) passes through the first opening 1221 to the feature area 1241, the feature area 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light passes through the first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 and the first channel 1231 again to the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that a processor connected to the optical sensor 511 may process the feature information to determine a rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation to recognize a user input.

It should be understood that, when the input device 120 is rotated, the characteristic area 1241 and the first channel 1231 are disposed on the input device 120, and the characteristic area 1241 continuously reflects light rays to form characteristic information on the optical sensor 511, so that the principle of determining motion information of the input device 120 based on the characteristic information is the same as that of the corresponding embodiment of fig. 46 and 48, and the detailed description will be omitted herein.

In this embodiment, the inner end surface 121-C of the head 121 is provided with a feature area 1241, the stem 122 is provided with a first channel 1231, a first polarizer 531 and a first opening 1221, the first polarizer 531 not only can change the optical path, but also can transmit the light from the optical path of the light emitting unit (e.g. the light emitting unit in the optical sensor 511) to the feature area 1241 and transmit the light reflected from the feature area 1241 to the optical sensor 511, and the first polarizer 531 can also effectively filter out the external ambient light, so that some angles of ambient light cannot reach the optical sensor 511 through the first opening 1221 and the first channel 1231, thereby greatly reducing the interference of the ambient light on the motion information of the identification input device 120 and improving the user experience.

It should be appreciated that when the feature area 1241 is disposed on the inner end surface 121-C of the head 121, the polarizer 531 may not be disposed in the input device 120, and a small portion of the light may reach the feature area 1241 and reflect from the feature area 1241 onto the photosensor 511, but the light reflected from the feature area 1241 may have poor imaging effect on the photosensor 511.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 51 and 52, a feature area 1241 is provided in the housing 18 on an area opposite the stem 122 or head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 51, a feature area 1241 is provided on the side 180-a of the housing 180, and an optical sensor 511 is provided opposite the end of the stem 122, and in order to be able to transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 to determine movement information of the input device 120 through the feature information of the feature area 510, a passage may be provided in both the stem 122 and the head 121, while a polarizer is used to change the optical path.

With continued reference to fig. 51, the stem 122 is provided with a first channel 1231, the head 121 is provided with a fourth channel 1233, the extending direction of the fourth channel 1233 is perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem 122, that is, the extending direction of the fourth channel 1233 is perpendicular to the extending direction of the first channel 1231, one end of the first channel 1231 is opposite to the optical sensor 511, the other end of the first channel 1231 is communicated with one end of the fourth channel 1233, and when the input device 120 is rotated to a preset angle, the other end of the fourth channel 1233 may be opposite to the feature area 1241.

Illustratively, polarizers, denoted as a second polarizer 532 and a third polarizer 533, are disposed at two ends of the fourth channel 1233, respectively, the second polarizer 532 is disposed at one end of the fourth channel 1233 connected to the first channel 1231, and the third polarizer 533 is disposed at the other end of the fourth channel 1233. The second polarizer 532 serves to reflect or refract light from a unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) (the light is reflected as shown in fig. 51) so that the light can be transmitted as straight as possible in the fourth channel 1233, and the second polarizer 532 also serves to continue to reflect light reflected by the feature region 1241 and light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 51) so that the light can be transmitted in the first channel 1231 to finally reach the optical sensor 511. The third polarizer 533 is used to reflect or refract the light reflected or refracted by the second polarizer 532 (the reflected light is shown in fig. 51) so that the light can reach the feature area 1241, and the third polarizer 533 is also used to reflect or refract the light reflected by the feature area 1241 so that the light can be transmitted in the fourth channel 1233 as straight as possible to reach the second polarizer 532, and the light is transmitted onto the light sensor 511 through the second polarizer 532 and the first channel 1231.

Illustratively, the fourth channels 1233 are filled with a transparent material, and the second and third polarizers 532 and 533 are wrapped with the transparent material to fix the second and third polarizers 532 and 533 on the head 121.

In this embodiment, the purpose of both polarizers is the same as that of the first polarizer 531 provided in the corresponding embodiment of fig. 50, and the optical path is changed so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. Moreover, the two polarizers are mainly used for changing the light of the parallel light of the incident light, and the incident light of other angles can be ignored, so that the position design of the polarizers when the incident light is the parallel light is mainly considered when the two polarizers are arranged.

The second polarizer 532 forms a second angle with the axial direction of the rod 122, and the third polarizer 533 forms a third angle with the axial direction of the rod 122 as a reference point. Wherein the second included angle and the polarizing angle of the second polarizer 532 satisfy the condition that the second included angle and the polarizing angle of the second polarizer 532 are complementary, i.e., the sum of the polarizing angle of the second polarizer 532 and the second included angle is 90 °, and the third included angle and the polarizing angle of the third polarizer 533 satisfy the condition that the third included angle and the polarizing angle of the third polarizer 533 are complementary, i.e., the sum of the polarizing angle of the third polarizer 533 and the third included angle is 90 °.

For ease of description, the second included angle is denoted as β ₂ and the third included angle is denoted as β ₃. In one example, the second angle β ₂ is 45 °. In another example, the third included angle β ₃ is 45 °.

It should be understood that the second included angle β ₂ between the second polarizer 532 and the axial direction of the rod 122 may be other angles, and similarly, the third included angle β ₃ between the third polarizer 533 and the axial direction of the rod 122 may be other angles, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, so long as the combination of the second polarizer 532 and the third polarizer 533 can enable light to be transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241.

In this embodiment, since the housing 180 is stationary, the feature area 1241 is aligned with the fourth passage 1233 at intervals and imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals when the input device 120 is rotated, so the imaging principle of the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is similar to that of the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 through an optical fiber that does not rotate with the rotation of the input device 120.

Specifically, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) passes through the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 to reach the fourth channel 1233, light reflected or refracted from the second polarizer 532 reaches the third polarizer 533, when the input device 120 rotates to align the feature area 1241 with the fourth channel 1233, light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 reaches the feature area 1241, light reflected or refracted by the feature area 1241 reaches the fourth channel 1233 again, light reflected or refracted by the third polarizer 533 and the second polarizer 532 passes through the first channel 1231 to reach the optical sensor 511, and images on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information, and when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the fourth channel 1233, the feature area 1241 does not image on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature region 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals through the fourth passage 1233, so that the movement information of the input device 120 can be determined using the pattern of the feature region 1241 imaged on the optical sensor 511 a plurality of times and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

It should be appreciated that alignment of the feature region 1241 with the fourth channel 1233 means that there is at least partial overlap of the projection of the cross-section of the feature region 1241 with the projection of the cross-section of the fourth channel 1233 in a plane parallel to the direction of rotation, at least partial overlap meaning that the projections of both partially overlap or fully overlap.

It should also be appreciated that when the feature area 1241 is disposed on the side 180-a of the housing 180, the polarizer 531 may not be disposed in the input device 120, and a small portion of the light may reach the feature area 1241 and reflect from the feature area 1241 onto the light sensor 511, but the light reflected from the feature area 1241 may have poor imaging effect on the light sensor 511.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 52, a mounting hole 181 is provided on the housing 180, the stem 122 of the input device 120 is disposed in the mounting hole 181, a feature area 1241 is provided on a hole wall 1811 of the mounting hole 181, a second opening 1222 opposite to the feature area 1241 and a first channel 1231 communicating with the second opening 1222 are provided on the stem 122, a fourth polarizer 534 is provided in the first channel 1231, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to the first channel 1231, and light is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 through the first channel 1231, the fourth polarizer 534 and the second opening 1222 to transmit the light reflected by the feature area 1241 to the optical sensor 511 through the second opening 1222, the fourth polarizer 534 and the first channel 1231 to generate feature information to determine motion information of the input device 120, and recognize user input.

With continued reference to fig. 52, a second aperture 1222 is provided on the stem 122, the second aperture 1222 extending inwardly from a sidewall of the stem 122 and communicating with the first passage 1231 such that light may be transmitted between the second aperture 1222 and the feature area 1241. Illustratively, the second aperture 1222 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem 122. In order to prevent external impurities, such as dust or water, from entering the interior of the wearable device 100 through the second aperture 1222, in one example, the second aperture 1222 may be filled with a transparent material, forming the second aperture 1222 with the transparent material, and in another example, a transparent cover plate may be mounted on the second aperture 1222.

With continued reference to fig. 52, the fourth polarizer 534 is disposed adjacent to the second aperture 1222 and opposite the second aperture 1222 such that light may pass from the second aperture 1222 to the fourth polarizer 534 or such that light passes from the fourth polarizer 534 to the second aperture 1222. Illustratively, the first channels 1231 are filled with a transparent material, and the fourth polarizer 534 is wrapped with the transparent material to fix the fourth polarizer 534 on the first channels 1231.

In this embodiment, the fourth polarizer 534 has the same purpose as the first polarizer 531 provided in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 50, and changes the optical path so that as much light as possible is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241. In addition, the fourth polarizer 534 is mainly used for changing the light of the parallel light of the incident light, and the incident light of other angles can be ignored, so that the position design of the polarizer when the incident light is the parallel light is mainly considered when the fourth polarizer 534 is arranged.

Taking the axial direction of the rod 122 as a reference point, a fourth included angle is formed between the fourth polarizer 534 and the axial direction of the rod 122, and the condition that the polarizing angle of the fourth polarizer 534 is complementary to the fourth included angle is satisfied between the polarizing angle of the fourth polarizer 534 and the fourth included angle, namely, the sum of the polarizing angle of the fourth polarizer 534 and the fourth included angle is 90 degrees.

For ease of description, the fourth included angle is noted as β ₄, and in one example, the fourth included angle β ₄ is 45 °.

It should be understood that the fourth angle β ₄ between the fourth polarizer 534 and the axial direction of the shaft 122 may be any other angle, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way, as long as the fourth polarizer 534 can transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241.

In this embodiment, since the housing 180 is stationary and the feature area 1241 is aligned with the second aperture 1222 at intervals and imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals when the input device 120 is rotated, the imaging principle of the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 is similar to that of the feature area 1241 on the optical sensor 511 through an optical fiber that does not rotate with the rotation of the input device 120.

Specifically, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within optical sensor 511) passes through first channel 1231 of stem 122 to fourth polarizer 534, light reflected or refracted from fourth polarizer 534 (reflected light shown in fig. 52) passes through second aperture 1222 to feature 1241 when input device 120 is rotated such that feature 1241 is opposite to second aperture 1222, light reflected or refracted from feature 1241 again passes through second aperture 1222, light reflected or refracted by fourth polarizer 534 (reflected light shown in fig. 52) passes through first channel 1231 to optical sensor 511, and images on optical sensor 511 to form feature information, and when feature 1241 and second aperture 1222 are misaligned, feature 1241 does not image on optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature area 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals, so that the movement information of the input device 120 can be determined using the pattern in which the feature area 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 a plurality of times and the imaging speed to recognize the user input.

It should be appreciated that the alignment of the feature area 1241 with the second aperture 1222 means that there is at least a partial overlap of the projection of the cross-section of the feature area 1241 with the projection of the cross-section of the second aperture 1222 in a plane perpendicular to the direction of rotation, at least a partial overlap meaning that the projections of the two partially overlap or completely overlap.

In the corresponding embodiment of fig. 53-56, a feature area 1241 is provided on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 53 and 54, a feature area 1241 is provided on an inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 remote from the head 121, and the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122.

With continued reference to fig. 53 and 54, illustratively, a first channel 1231 may be disposed within the stem 122, for example, in embodiments where the fingerprint sensor 130C is disposed within the head 121 as described above, the first channel 1231 may be disposed within the stem 122 to transmit light between the fingerprint sensor 130C and the light sensor 511. Thus, in embodiments in which the first passage 1231 is provided in the stem 122 that is disposed along the axial direction of the stem 122 and that extends through the stem 122, the feature region 1241 may be provided on the inner end surface 122-a and outside of the first passage 1231.

In an example, the feature region 1241 may include one or more feature textures, and when the feature region 1241 includes a plurality of feature textures, the plurality of feature textures are the same type, the plurality of feature textures are located at different positions outside the first passage 1231 of the inner end face 122-a, and the plurality of feature textures are changed regularly. For example, the feature texture is holes, and the feature region includes a plurality of holes, and the depths of the holes are sequentially increased or decreased.

In another example, the feature region 1241 may be a colored microstructure, the feature region 1241 may be colored in one or more colors, and the plurality of colors change regularly when the feature region 1241 is colored in the plurality of colors. For example, the feature region is colored by two colors, which are spaced apart.

For a specific description of the feature region 1241, reference may be made to the related description of the feature region 1241 in fig. 46 and 47, and a detailed description is omitted.

It should be appreciated that in embodiments where the first channel 1231 is not disposed within the stem 121, the feature area 1241 may be disposed anywhere on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122, and embodiments of the application are not limited in any way.

When the input device 120 is rotated, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) reaches a feature area 1241 on the inner end surface 122-a of the lever portion 122, the feature area 1241 reflects the light, and the reflected light reaches the optical sensor 511 to obtain feature information, so that a processor connected to the optical sensor 511 may process the feature information obtained at a plurality of periods to determine motion information of the input device 120 to recognize user input.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 55 and 56, a grating-like structure 1242 may be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122, and the optical sensor 511 may be disposed opposite the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to transmit light between the optical sensor 511 and the grating-like structure 1242.

The grating-like structure 1242 is used to identify user input by designing a number of known features that can be used as markers, and using these known features to make photo-detection elements for the projection, diffraction, refraction, reflection, etc. of light. It should be appreciated that the grating-like structure 1242 of an embodiment of the present application may be understood as one example of the feature region 1241 having a plurality of feature textures described above.

By way of example, with continued reference to fig. 55 and 56, the grating-like structure 1242 may be an element provided with a plurality of holes 1242-1, i.e. in this example, the feature texture is holes.

In an example, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of holes 1242-1, the plurality of holes 1242-1 having different depths, e.g., the plurality of holes 1242-1 sequentially increasing or decreasing in depth. Referring to (b) of fig. 56, the depths of the holes 1242-1 at both ends of the grating-like structure 1242 are different, and the depth of the holes 1242-1 at the top end of the grating-like structure 1242 is smaller than the depth of the holes 1242-1 at the bottom end of the grating-like structure 1242.

In another example, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of holes 1242-1, the walls of each hole 1242-1 are colored, and the colors of the walls of the holes 1242-1 may be different.

In one example, with continued reference to fig. 55 and 56, the grating-like structure 1242 may be fixedly attached to the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 as a separate element to form the grating-like structure 1242 disposed on the inner end surface 122-a. In embodiments in which the first channel 1231 is disposed within the stem 122, the grating-like structure 1242 is generally annular in shape and the hollow region 1242-2 of the grating-like structure is configured to clear the first channel 1231. Illustratively, the grating-like structure 1242 may be bonded to the inner end surface 122-A of the stem 122.

In another example, the inner end surface 122-A of the stem 122 may be directly designed as a grating-like structure 1242 (not shown) forming the inner end surface 122-A with the grating-like structure 1242.

It is to be appreciated that the grating-like structure 1242 may include not only a plurality of holes but also a plurality of grooves, a plurality of scratches, etc. having a feature texture of a recessed region, and the depth of the plurality of feature textures having the recessed region may be different.

It is also understood that the grating-like structure 1242 may further include a plurality of protrusions or the like having a high feature texture, and the heights of the plurality of feature textures having the heights may be different.

In this embodiment, during the process of rotating the input device 120, the grating-like structure 1242 forms a plurality of patterns with characteristic rules on the light sensor 511, and the processor 110 connected with the light sensor 511 may determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and the rotation information related to the rotation according to the differences between the plurality of patterns or the time difference of the plurality of patterns reflected to the light sensor 511, so as to recognize the user input.

In the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 to 56, the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to the stem 122, and it is understood that the above-mentioned positional relationship in which the optical sensor 511 is disposed opposite to the stem 122 is only schematically illustrated, and in fact, the optical sensor 511 may be disposed at any other possible position, however, in other positions, it may be necessary to provide a corresponding polarizer to change the direction of the incident light reaching the stem 122, so as to implement the embodiment corresponding to fig. 46 to 56 in which the motion information of the input device 120 is determined, and the specific design may be according to the actual situation.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 57, the optical sensor 511 is disposed at one side of the circumferential direction side of the stem 122, and one side of the end of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is provided with a polarizer, denoted as a fifth polarizer 535. Assuming that a light emitting unit is integrated in the optical sensor 511, an angle between an emitted light from the light emitting unit and a direction parallel to an axial direction of the lever portion 122 (referred to as a horizontal direction) is γ, an angle between the fifth polarizer 535 and the horizontal direction is β, and a polarization angle of the fifth polarizer 535 is α, there is a relationship in which β=180 ° - γ, α+β=90°, so that a direction of incident light can be changed to parallel light incident to the lever portion 122 in the horizontal direction.

In the above, an embodiment for recognizing the rotation of the input device 120 is described with reference to fig. 46 to 57, and an embodiment for recognizing the pressing of the input device 120 is described below.

With continued reference to fig. 52, in the structure shown in fig. 52, light is transmitted between the optical sensor 511 and the feature area 1241 through the first channel 1231, the fourth polarizer 534, and the second aperture 1222, so that light reflected by the feature area 1241 is transmitted to the optical sensor 511 through the second aperture 1222, the fourth polarizer 534, and the first channel 1231, and feature information is generated to determine motion information of the input device 120, identifying user input.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the lever 122, and the movement information of the input device 120 may include movement information related to the movement and the movement state of the input device 120, for example, the movement information may include movement displacement and movement direction of the input device 120.

When the input device 120 is pressed to move the input device 120 in the axial direction, the second openings 1222 on the stem 122 are aligned with the feature area 1241 at intervals, when the second openings 1222 are aligned with the feature area 1241, the light reflected by the feature area 1241 will reach the optical sensor 511, and when the second openings 1222 of the stem are staggered from the feature area 1241, the light will not reach the feature area 1241.

Specifically, when the input device 120 is pressed, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) passes through the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 to reach the fourth polarizer 534, when the input device 120 moves to the feature area 1241 to align with the second aperture 1222, light reflected from the fourth polarizer 534 passes through the second aperture 1222 to reach the feature area 1241, light reflected from the feature area 1241 again reaches the second aperture 1222, and light reflected by the fourth polarizer 534 passes through the first channel 1231 to reflect on the optical sensor 511 to form feature information on the optical sensor 511, and when the feature area 1241 is misaligned with the second aperture 1222, the feature area 1241 is not imaged on the optical sensor 511. That is, in this embodiment, the feature area 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 at intervals, so that a pattern in which the feature area 1241 is imaged on the optical sensor 511 a plurality of times or a time difference of light reflected from the feature area 1241 to the optical sensor 511 can be utilized to determine the movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to movement to recognize the user input.

It should be noted that, when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed, although the image is formed on the photosensor 511, the image formed on the photosensor 511 when the input device 120 is rotated is different from the image formed on the photosensor 511 when the input device 120 is pressed, so that the rotation and the pressing of the input device 120 can be distinguished according to the image. In some embodiments, in order that rotation and pressing of the input device 120 may be simultaneously recognized, two holes may be provided on the first channel 1231, one hole for recognizing rotation of the input device 120 and the other hole for recognizing pressing of the input device 120.

With continued reference to fig. 55 and 56, the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 is provided with a grating-like structure 1242, the grating-like structure 1242 includes a plurality of holes 1242-1, the depths of the plurality of holes 1242-1 are different, when the input device 120 is pressed to move the input device 120 in the axial direction, light from a light emitting unit (e.g., a light emitting unit within the optical sensor 511) reaches the grating-like structure 1242 on the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122, the light reflected by the grating-like structure 1242 reaches the optical sensor 511, feature information is generated, and a movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to the movement are determined by the feature information to recognize user input. Illustratively, the characteristic information may be a time difference between a time at which each aperture reflects light to the light sensor 511 and a time at which a planar region of the inner end face 122-a other than the grating-like structure 1242 reflects light to the light sensor 511.

Referring to fig. 58, the sensing element may include a capacitive sensor 512, where the capacitive sensor 512 is disposed opposite to an end of the stem 122 away from the head 121, and a first metal electrode is disposed in the capacitive sensor 512, and in order to easily detect a change in capacitance, an area of the capacitive sensor 512 other than a center position is illustratively provided with the first metal electrode. Referring to fig. 59, a first channel 1231 is disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, the first channel 1231 is a cavity structure, an opening of the first channel 1231 faces the capacitive sensor 512, the first channel 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to the inside of the stem 122, and a second metal electrode 1243 is disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 along a circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231.

It should be appreciated that capacitive sensor 512 may be capacitive sensor 130D shown in fig. 1, which may be interchanged.

The structure of the second metal electrode 1243 in the circumferential direction may have a differentiation such that a varying capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode may be detected when the input device 120 is rotated or moved.

In one example, the second metal electrode 1243 is in a ring-shaped structure and is disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231.

For example, the angle of the annular structure of the second metal electrode 1243 is less than 360 degrees, such that a varying capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode may be detected when the input device 120 is rotated or moved.

In another example, the second metal electrode 1243 may be irregularly shaped in size in the circumferential direction.

It should be noted that, although the first passage 1231 of the stem 122 is illustrated in fig. 58 as extending through the stem 122 along the axial direction of the stem 122, i.e., the first passage 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to the end of the stem 122 near the head 121, it should be understood that the first passage 1231 of the stem 122 may extend from the inner end surface 122-a to any position of the stem 122, and the structure illustrated in fig. 58 is merely illustrative. Similarly, the second metal electrode 1243 may also extend to any position on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, which is not limited in this embodiment, and the structure shown in fig. 58 is only schematically illustrated.

In this embodiment, the interaction of the second metal electrode 1243 with the first metal electrode within the capacitive sensor 512 may generate a capacitance, and as the input device 120 moves, the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 with the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitive sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitive sensor 512 may determine movement information of the input device 120 by analyzing the changed capacitance processing to recognize the user input.

As the input device 120 is rotated, the second metal electrode 1243 also rotates, and since the second metal electrode 1243 is disposed at a partial area of the inner wall 1231-a of the first passage 1231, the second metal electrode 1243 may be close to or far from the first metal electrode during rotation, and thus the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 to the first metal electrode may be changed, the capacitance sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitance sensor 512 may analyze the changed capacitance process to determine the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to the rotation.

In an example, the capacitance increases as the second metal electrode 1243 approaches the first metal electrode, and the capacitance decreases as the second metal electrode 1243 moves away from the first metal electrode.

In another example, the rotational state of the input device 120 may be determined from a change in capacitance. For example, assuming that the capacitance generated between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode is the largest when the input device 120 is located at the initial position (a state shown in fig. 58), the capacitance gradually becomes smaller or the capacitance gradually becomes smaller and larger during the rotation of the input device 120.

In another example, there is a correspondence between the capacitance variation ranges and the rotation angles, one capacitance variation range corresponds to one rotation angle, and the rotation angle may be determined according to the capacitance variation ranges. For example, the correspondence relationship between 3 capacitance change ranges and rotation angles is preset, the capacitance change range #1 corresponds to the rotation angle #1, the capacitance change range #2 corresponds to the rotation angle #2, and the capacitance change range #3 corresponds to the rotation angle #3. In this way, the rotation angle can be determined by the detected capacitance variation range.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the rod 122, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode changes, so that the capacitance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitance sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitance sensor 512 determines the movement state of the input device 120 and the movement information related to the movement by analyzing the changed capacitance processing.

In an example, when the input device 120 moves toward the capacitive sensor 512, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode becomes smaller, the capacitance becomes larger, and when the input device 120 moves away from the capacitive sensor 512, the distance between the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode becomes larger, the capacitance becomes smaller.

In another example, the movement state of the input device 120 may be determined from a change in capacitance. For example, assuming that the capacitance generated by the second metal electrode 1243 and the first metal electrode is the largest when the input device 120 is located at the initial position, the capacitance becomes gradually larger in the process of being pressed by the input device 120.

In another example, there is a correspondence between a capacitance variation range and a movement displacement, one capacitance variation range corresponds to one movement displacement, and the movement displacement may be determined according to the capacitance variation range. For example, the correspondence relationship between 3 capacitance change ranges and the movement displacement is preset, the capacitance change range #1 corresponds to the movement displacement #1, the capacitance change range #2 corresponds to the movement displacement #2, and the capacitance change range #3 corresponds to the movement displacement #3. In this way, the movement displacement can be determined by the detected capacitance variation range.

Illustratively, the inner wall 1231-A of the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 may have a plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 disposed thereon, the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 being disposed asymmetrically, the movement information of the input device 120 being determined by a change in capacitance between the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 and the first metal electrodes to recognize the user input. As shown in fig. 60, two second metal electrodes 1243 are disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 of the stem 122, and the two metal electrodes 1243 are disposed asymmetrically.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 61 and 62, a second metal electrode 1243 may also be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120, where the second metal electrode 1243 is disposed on the inner end surface 122-a in a fan-shaped structure, and the capacitive sensor 512 is disposed opposite the second metal electrode 1243. Similarly, the interaction of the second metal electrode 1243 with the first metal electrode within the capacitive sensor 512 may generate a capacitance, and when the input device 120 moves, the capacitance of the second metal electrode 1243 with the first metal electrode changes, and the capacitive sensor 512 or a processor connected to the capacitive sensor 512 may determine movement information of the input device 120 by analyzing the changed capacitance to recognize the user input. Wherein, when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed, the specific description of determining the motion information of the input device 120 based on the change of the capacitance to identify the user input may refer to the description of fig. 58 and 59 above, and will not be repeated.

Illustratively, the inner end surface 122-A of the stem 122 may be provided with a plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 (not shown), the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 being asymmetrically disposed, the movement information of the input device 120 being determined by a change in capacitance between the plurality of second metal electrodes 1243 and the first metal electrodes to identify the user input.

Referring to fig. 63, the sensing element may include a magnetic sensor 513, with a coil disposed within the magnetic sensor 513, the magnetic sensor 513 being disposed opposite an end of the stem 122 remote from the head 121. Referring to fig. 64, a first channel 1231 is disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, an opening of the first channel 1231 faces the magnetic sensor 513, the first channel 1231 extends from an inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to an inside of the stem 122, a magnetic layer 1244 is disposed on an inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 along a circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, the magnetic layer 1244 is in a ring structure and is disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, and the magnetic layer 1244 is composed of a south pole (S pole) 1244-1 and a north pole (N pole) 1244-2.

It should be appreciated that the magnetic sensor 513 herein may be the magnetic sensor 130J shown in fig. 1, which may be interchanged.

Illustratively, the magnetic layer 1244 is formed by stacking an S-pole 1244-1 and an N-pole 1244-2.

Illustratively, the S-pole and the N-pole in the magnetic layer 1244 may be disposed at intervals along the circumferential direction of the shank 122 and may be asymmetric, referring to the positional relationship of the S-pole and the N-pole shown in fig. 66.

It should be noted that, although the first passage 1231 of the stem 122 is shown in fig. 63 extending through the stem 122 along the axial direction of the stem 122, i.e., the first passage 1231 extends from the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 to the end of the stem 122 near the head 121, it should be understood that the first passage 1231 of the stem 122 may extend from the inner end surface 122-a to any position of the stem 122, and the structure shown in fig. 63 is merely illustrative. Similarly, the magnetic layer 1244 may also extend to any position on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, which is not limited in this embodiment, and the structure shown in fig. 63 is only schematically illustrated.

In one example, a south pole 1244-1 is disposed between an inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 and the north pole 1244-2.

In another example, a north pole 1244-2 is disposed between an inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 and the south pole 1244-1.

In other embodiments, the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 may have a plurality of magnetic layers 1244 disposed thereon, the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 being disposed at intervals along the circumferential direction of the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231, and the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 being disposed asymmetrically. As shown in fig. 65, two magnetic layers 1244 are disposed on the inner wall 1231-a of the first channel 1231 at intervals, and the two magnetic layers 1244 are disposed asymmetrically.

In other embodiments, referring to FIG. 66, a magnetic layer 1244 is also disposed on the inner end surface 122-A of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120, the magnetic layer 1244 is composed of an S pole 1244-1 and an N pole 1244-2, the S pole 1244-1 and the N pole 1244-2 are disposed at intervals along the circumferential direction of the rod portion 122 and the S pole 1244-1 and the N pole 1244-2 are asymmetric, and the magnetic sensor 513 is disposed opposite one end of the magnetic layer 1244.

In other embodiments, a plurality of magnetic layers 1244 (not shown) may be disposed on the inner end surface 122-a of the rod portion 1122 of the input device 120, and the plurality of magnetic layers 1244 may be disposed asymmetrically.

When the input device 120 is rotated, the direction of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 changes, so that the magnetic flux passing through the coil of the magnetic sensor 513 changes, and an induced current is generated in the magnetic sensor 513, and when the input device 120 is stationary, the direction of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 does not change, and an induced current is not generated in the magnetic sensor 513. Thus, when the input device 120 is rotated, the magnetic sensor 513 may detect an induced current generated by the magnetic layer 1244 and the magnetic sensor 513 or a processor connected to the magnetic sensor 513 may determine a rotational state of the input device 120 and rotational information related to the rotation based on the change in the induced current to recognize the user input.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the magnetic flux of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 changes, and an induced current is generated in the magnetic sensor 513, and when the input device 120 is at rest, the magnetic quantity of the magnetic field of the magnetic layer 1244 does not change, and an induced current is not generated in the magnetic sensor 513. Thus, when the input device 120 is pressed, the magnetic sensor 513 may detect an induced current generated by the magnetic layer 1244, and the magnetic sensor 513 or a processor connected to the magnetic sensor 513 may determine a movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to movement based on the change in the induced current to recognize the user input.

Referring to fig. 67 and 68, the sensing element may include N pressure sensors 514, N pressure sensors 514 being disposed at regions of the head 121 near the outer end surface 121-a, the N pressure sensors being disposed at intervals along the circumferential direction of the head 121, one pressure sensor 514 corresponding to one position, N pressure sensors 514 corresponding to N positions, N being an integer greater than or equal to 2. It should be appreciated that the pressure sensor 514 herein may be the pressure sensor 130B shown in fig. 1, which may be interchanged.

In one example, N pressure sensors 514 are disposed on the inside of the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 (as shown in FIG. 67).

In another example, N pressure sensors 514 are provided on the outside of the outer end face 121-A of the head (not shown).

When the input device 120 is rotated, the positions of the N pressure sensors change, and the processor 110 may detect differential quantities of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 at any adjacent positions, and analyze the rotation state of the input device 120 and rotation information related to rotation by passing the differential quantities through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit.

In one example, the processor 110 may analyze to obtain rotational information of the input device 120 rotated in a first direction by detecting differential amounts of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the 1 st and 2 nd positions, respectively, detecting differential amounts of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the 2 nd and 3 rd positions, detecting differential amounts of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the N-1 st and N-2 nd positions, respectively (denoted as a first differential amount), passing the differential amounts of signals generated by the N pressure sensors 514 through a charge amplifier, a filter circuit, analyzing to obtain rotational information of the input device 120 rotated in a first direction in the same order as the distribution of the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the 1 st and N-1 st positions, and analyzing to obtain rotational information of the input device 120 rotated in a second direction by detecting differential amounts of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the N-1 st and N-2 nd positions, respectively, passing the N differential amounts of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 disposed at the N-1 st and N-2 nd positions through a filter circuit, analyzing to obtain rotational information of the input device rotated in the same order as the second direction as the first rotational information of the input device. The processor 110 compares the calculated parameters of the rotation information rotated in the first direction and the second direction with preset parameters rotated in the first direction and the second direction, respectively, to determine rotation information of the input device 120.

For example, if the input device 120 rotates in the first direction, the parameters in the rotation information obtained by the first differential quantity satisfy the preset parameters of rotation in the first direction, and do not satisfy the preset parameters of rotation in the second direction, so the processor 110 may determine that the input device 120 rotates in the first direction. Similarly, if the input device 120 rotates in the second direction, the parameters in the rotation information obtained by the second difference satisfy the preset parameters of rotation in the second direction, and do not satisfy the preset parameters of rotation in the first direction, so the processor 110 may determine that the input device 120 rotates in the second direction.

When the input device 120 is pressed, the input device 120 moves, the signals detected by the N pressure sensors may not be identical, and the signals detected by the N pressure sensors are different, so the processor 110 may detect differential quantities of signals generated by the pressure sensors 514 at any adjacent positions, and analyze the movement state of the input device 120 and movement information related to movement by passing the differential quantities through the charge amplifier and the filter circuit.

In other embodiments, the sensing element may include N pressure sensors 514, where N pressure sensors 514 are disposed inside the housing 180 and connected to a circuit board within the housing 180, and a connector 200 is disposed within the input device 120, where one end of the connector 200 is connected to the pressure sensors 514 and the other end is attached to an outer end surface 121-a (not shown) of the head 121 of the input device 120 to transmit pressure acting on the head 121 to the pressure sensors 514 through the connector 200 to recognize user input when the input device 120 is rotated or pressed. The manner in which the rotation of the input device 120 is determined by the N pressure sensors 514 may be referred to the above description, and will not be repeated.

In this embodiment, the connector 200 includes a first connector and a second connector that are rotatably coupled, in one example, the first connector being rotatable with rotation of the input device 120, the second connector being fixedly coupled to the input device 120, the second connector being non-rotatable, being coupled to the pressure sensor 514, the first connector being rotatable when the input device 120 is rotated, the second connector being stationary, the rotational coupling between the first connector and the second connector enabling electrical connection between the first connector and the second connector such that, while rotation of the input device 120 is enabled, pressure acting on the head 121 is also transferred to the pressure sensor 514 through the connector 200. Illustratively, the connector 200 may be the connector 200 as shown in fig. 50 to 52, the first connector may be the first connector 210 as shown in fig. 50 to 52, the second connector may be the second connector 220 as shown in fig. 50 to 52, or the connector 200 may be the connector 200 as shown in fig. 56 to 61, the first connector may be the first connector 210 as shown in fig. 56 to 61, and the second connector may be the second connector 220 as shown in fig. 56 to 61.

It should be noted that, when the function of recognizing the movement of the input device can be implemented by the embodiment shown in fig. 46 to 69, at least one of the functions of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 4 to 45, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 69 to 93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 94 to 97, the signal improvement function of the portion to be detected of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 98 to 99, the ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 102 to 103, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 104 to 110, the ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 111 to 118, and the body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 119 to 123.

In an example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, optionally a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, and the fingerprint recognition function may be implemented with reference to the various embodiments described above with respect to fig. 4-45.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, for example, a camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the shaft 122 or the housing 180, optionally the head 121 may further be provided with a reflecting device 710, optionally the input device 120 may further be provided with a channel, optionally the shaft 122 may further be provided with a connector 200, for example, to implement a photographing function with reference to the respective embodiments described below with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, a PPG sensor 130A may be provided within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described below in fig. 94-97.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, a set of electrode sets may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 or the outer surface of the housing 180, and the ECG detection function is achieved with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 102 to 103.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, for example, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be disposed in the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the input device 120 may further be disposed with a channel, optionally, the lever 122 may further be disposed with a connector 200, and the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 98 to 99 realize a function of improving a signal of a portion to be measured.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, for example, to perform a gas detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with respect to fig. 104-110.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, implementing an ambient light detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 111-118.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in, for example, fig. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 58, 61, 63, 67, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, which implements a body temperature detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 119-123.

When the input device 120 implements user input, the wearable device 100 may output a feedback signal through the feedback apparatus, so that the user has a better user experience, so that the user determines whether the wearable device 100 successfully receives the user input.

In an example, the feedback means may comprise an element that takes a force as a feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a motor that outputs a force by vibration of the motor, i.e. when the user operates the input device 120, the motor vibrates to bring about a vibration experience during rotation by the user.

In another example, the feedback means may comprise an element having a sound signal as the feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a horn through which the sound signal is output, i.e. when the user operates the input device 120, the horn emits a sound signal to bring the user with a sound experience during rotation.

In another example, the feedback means may comprise an element having an electrical signal as a feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a metal electrode through which an electrical signal is output, i.e. the metal electrode may output an electrical signal to bring about an electrical stimulation experience during rotation of the user when the user operates the input device 120.

In another example, the feedback means may comprise an element having temperature as a feedback signal, e.g. the feedback means may comprise a component with a good thermal conductivity through which a varying temperature is output, i.e. when the user operates the input device 120, to bring about a temperature experience during rotation by the user.

It will be appreciated that the feedback device may also include elements that output other types of feedback signals, the above being merely illustrative. It will also be appreciated that the feedback device may include one or more of the elements shown above, as well as other elements not shown, the practice of the application not being limited in any way.

In some embodiments, the feedback means is provided within the input device 120, in an example, the feedback means may be provided in the head 121 of the input device 120.

In addition, since the input device 120 can be in direct contact with the user, feedback signals such as force or temperature output through the feedback device can be more directly felt by the user, and user experience is greatly improved.

Taking the example that the feedback means includes a motor, when the input device 120 is rotated, the motor of the prior art is disposed inside the housing, and the entire wearable device 100 including the input device 120 is driven to vibrate by the vibration of the motor in the housing, thereby giving feedback to the user's touch feeling. In the embodiment of the present application, the motor in the input device 120 vibrates to drive the input device 120 to vibrate, so that the feedback to the touch is stronger than the vibration feeling in the prior art, and the user can experience the feedback to the touch of the finger instead of the vibration of the whole wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, the feedback device includes multiple components, one part of which is disposed within the housing 180 and another part of which is disposed within the input device 120, and the two components are used in combination to achieve more haptic feedback experience.

In one example, the feedback arrangement includes a plurality of motors, one motor disposed within the housing 180 and another motor disposed within the input device 120. When the input device 120 is crowned, only the motor within the input device 120 vibrates, giving the user tactile feedback of rotation. When a user makes a selected operation through the input device 120, the motor within the housing 180 vibrates, indicating confirmation.

In other embodiments, the feedback device may be disposed within the housing 180, wherein when the feedback device includes an element that acts as a feedback signal, a connector 200 may be disposed within the input device 120, with one end of the connector 200 connected to the feedback device and the other end connected to the head 121 of the input device 120. When the feedback means outputs force by vibration, the vibration of the feedback means is transferred to the head 121 of the input device 120 through the connector 200 so as to make the user's finger experience tactile feedback as much as possible instead of vibration of the entire wearable device 100.

It should be appreciated that the connector 200 in this embodiment may be any of the connectors of fig. 50 to 67 above, the only difference being that in this embodiment the other end of the connector 200 near the head 121 is not connected to the fingerprint sensor 130C, but may be connected to the head 121.

In the various embodiments described above in which the feedback means is included in the wearable device 100, the processor 110 may control the feedback signal output by the feedback means in accordance with user input applied by the user to the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the feedback device may include a motor.

In one example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 may control the motor to provide different vibration frequencies at the speed of rotation. For example, the faster the rotational speed, the faster the vibration frequency of the motor, and the slower the rotational speed, the lower the vibration frequency of the motor.

In another example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 controls the motor to provide different vibration intensities depending on the magnitude of the rotational force. For example, the greater the rotational force, the greater the vibration intensity of the motor, and the smaller the rotational force, the less the vibration intensity of the motor.

In another example, assuming that the user input is a movement input, the user is implemented by pressing the input device 120, the processor 110 controls the motor to provide different vibration intensities according to the magnitude of the pressing force. For example, the greater the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the greater the vibration intensity of the motor, and the lesser the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the lesser the vibration intensity of the motor.

In other embodiments, the feedback device may include a horn.

In one example, assuming that the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 may control the horn to emit sounds of different cadences based on how fast the rotational speed is. For example, the faster the rotational speed, the faster the cadence of sound emitted by the horn, and the slower the rotational speed, the slower the cadence of sound emitted by the horn.

In another example, assuming the user input is a rotational input, the processor 110 controls the horn to emit sounds of different intensities depending on the magnitude of the rotational force. For example, the greater the rotational force, the greater the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn, and the lesser the rotational force, the lesser the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn.

In another example, assuming that the user input is a movement input, the user is implemented by pressing the input device 120, the processor 110 controls the horn to emit sounds of different intensities depending on the magnitude of the pressing force. For example, the greater the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the greater the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn, and the lesser the force with which the user presses the input device 120, the lesser the intensity of the sound emitted by the horn.

It should be understood that the structures of the respective components and the connection relationships between the components in the electronic apparatus shown in fig. 46 to 68 are only illustrative, and any alternative structure of the components having the same function as each component is within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The relevant structure of each component will be described in detail below.

In the above, the structure of the wearable device identifying the rotation or movement of the input device according to the embodiment of the application is described with reference to fig. 46 to 68. Hereinafter, a wearable device for realizing a photographing function according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In the embodiment of the present application, the input device 120 is used for providing user input, and a photographing related component may be integrated on the input device 120 and recorded as a camera, so as to implement a photographing function. It should be appreciated that the camera 150 shown in fig. 1 and described above may be a camera 600 described below, and that the camera 150 and the camera 600 may be interchangeably described for capturing still images or video.

The camera at least comprises a lens and a photosensitive element. The lens includes one or more lenses for generating the optical image, the one or more lenses may be convex lenses, and in embodiments in which the lens includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses may also be a combination of convex and concave lenses. The photosensitive element is used to convert an optical image generated by the lens into an electrical signal for processing by the processor 110 to generate an image signal for display to a user via an output device such as a screen. Illustratively, the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor, wherein the photosensitive element may include one or more image sensors.

It should be understood that the camera may include other components besides the lens and the photosensitive element, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way. In an example, the camera may further include a lens barrel for fixing a lens, the lens being mountable within the lens barrel. In another example, the camera may further include a lens barrel and a lens mount, a portion of which may be connected to the lens barrel and another portion of which may be connected to other components of the wearable device 100 to mount the camera within the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, a camera may be disposed within the input device 120, in other embodiments, a portion of the camera may be disposed within the input device 120, and another portion of the camera may be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. Hereinafter, the above two embodiments will be described separately.

In embodiments where a camera is provided on the input device 120, the camera may be provided on the head 121 of the input device 120 or on the stem 122 of the input device 120. In the embodiment shown in fig. 69 to 74, the camera is provided at the head 121, and in the embodiment shown in fig. 75 to 77, the camera is provided at the stem 122. Hereinafter, the structure of the camera will be described with reference to the drawings.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 69, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, a cover 114, an input device 120, a camera 600. The cover 114 is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. In some embodiments, the cover 114 may be the display screen 140. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181, and the input device 120 includes a head 121 and a lever 122, the head 121 extends outwardly from the housing 180, and the lever 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181. The end of the head 121 far away from the stem 122 is provided with a transparent cover plate 1211, a second channel 1232 is provided in the head 121, the second channel 1232 is communicated with the cover plate 1211, a camera 600 is provided in the second channel 1232, and the camera 600 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the stem 122. Thus, light may enter the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211 and the second channel 1232 to realize a photographing function.

After the camera 600 finishes photographing, the image may be transmitted to the processor 110, and the processor 110 may present the image information to the user through an output device of the wearable apparatus 100, such as the display screen 140. To achieve connection of the camera 600 to the processor 110, with continued reference to fig. 69, a connector 200 may be disposed within the stem 122, one end of the connector 200 being connected to the camera 600, and the other end of the connector 200 being connected to the processor 110 (not shown in the figures) to achieve electrical connection between the camera 600 and the processor 110.

The input device 120 may be rotated about the axial direction of the stem 122, with the camera 600 disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120. In the first example, the camera 600 may rotate with the rotation of the input device 120, and the connector 200 may be the connector shown in fig. 6 to 19, and the fingerprint sensor 130C may be replaced with the camera 600. In the second example, the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 does not rotate, or neither the input device 120 nor the camera 600 rotates, and the connector 200 may be replaced with the camera 600 by using the connector shown in fig. 21 to 23, and the fingerprint sensor 130C therein. In embodiments where the camera 600 faces the cover 1211, the connection of the camera 600 and the connector 200 in the second example is more reliable.

Taking the second example as an example, referring to fig. 70, the head 121 of the input device 120 is provided with a camera 600, an end of the head 121 remote from the stem 122 is provided with a cover plate 1211, a gap is provided between the cover plate 1211 and the camera 600 (or between the cover plate 1211 and the camera 600, not shown in the drawing) to transmit light into the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211 and the gap, and a gap is provided between the camera 600 and the head 121 and is not in contact so that the camera 600 does not rotate when the input device 120 rotates. Illustratively, a second channel 1232 is disposed in the head 121, the second channel 1232 is connected to the cover plate 1211, the camera 600 is disposed in the second channel 1232, a gap is provided between the camera 600 and an inner wall of the second channel 1232, and a gap is provided between the camera 600 and the cover plate 1211. The connector 200 is sleeved in the rod 122 of the input device 120, a gap 120-1 exists between the fixed rod 260 and the rod 122 of the connector 200 and is not contacted, so that when the input device 120 rotates, the connector 200 does not rotate, one end, far away from the camera 600, of the metal strip 270 of the connector 200 is electrically connected with the first circuit board 111, the first circuit board 191 is fixed on the shell 180 of the wearable device, and therefore the connector 200 can be fixed on the shell through the first circuit board 111, and one end, close to the camera 600, of the metal strip 270 is electrically connected with the camera 600. In this way, electrical connection of the camera 600 to the first circuit board 111 may be achieved through the connector 200 to achieve electrical connection of the camera 600 to a processor disposed on the first circuit board 111. When the input device 120 is rotated, since the camera 600 and the head 121 are in clearance and not in contact, and the connector 200 and the lever 122 are in clearance and not in contact, the camera 600 and the connector 200 may not be rotated with the rotation of the input device 120.

In the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the camera 600 in the head 121 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, the camera 600 is directed toward the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, can view from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, is easy to realize in structure and is convenient to install.

In an embodiment in which the camera 600 is disposed on the head 121, the camera 600 may face the side 121-B of the head 121 (or toward one end of the head 121 in the circumferential direction), and light may enter the camera 600 through the side 121-B to take a picture.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 71 and 72, the input device 120 is sleeved with a connector 720, the connector 720 includes a first portion 721 disposed on the head, a camera 600 is disposed on a side surface of the first portion 721 in a circumferential direction, the camera 600 faces a side surface 121-B of the head 121 along a radial direction of the head 121, a transparent cover plate 1211 is disposed on the side surface 121-B of the head 121, or the camera 600 faces the cover plate 1211, and the cover plate 1211 is in an annular structure and surrounds the camera 600 along the circumferential direction of the head 121, so that light can enter the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211 to take a picture.

With continued reference to fig. 71 and 72, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 being layered over a first portion 721 of the connector 720 around a direction (x-direction) parallel to the axial direction of the shaft 122. That is, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on the side of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction, the photosensitive element 610 forming a ring structure, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover plate 1211 and the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 is illustratively sleeved on the side of the photosensitive element 610 in the circumferential direction, the lens 620 forming a ring structure, the lens 620 facing the cover plate 1211 to receive light entering from the cover plate 1211.

With continued reference to fig. 71 and 72, the connector 720 further includes a second portion 722 disposed on the stem 122, specifically, the second portion 722 is disposed within the first channel 1231 of the stem 122, a gap exists between the second portion 722 and an inner wall of the first channel 1231, and the second portion 722 can be directly or indirectly fixedly connected with the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. The cavity of the cover plate 1211 of the annular structure is formed as a second passage 1232 of the head 121, and the first portion 721 is disposed in the second passage 1232 with a gap between the first portion 721 and an inner wall of the second passage 1232 and between the lens 620 and the cover plate 1211. In this way, the connector 720 and the camera 600 may be stationary while the input device 120 is rotated, facilitating installation and implementation.

It should be understood that the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited in any way herein. For example, the annular structure may be a circular annular structure as shown in fig. 72, or may be an annular structure of other shapes such as an ellipse, a rectangle, a polygon, or the like.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 may include one or more image sensors, and in an embodiment in which the photosensitive element 610 includes a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are sequentially disposed on a side of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction along the circumferential direction of the first portion 721, the plurality of image sensors forming the photosensitive element 610 in a ring-shaped structure. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, and in an embodiment in which the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on the side surface of the photosensitive element 610 in the circumferential direction, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 having a ring structure.

In this embodiment, a connector may be used to connect the camera 600 with a motherboard provided with the processor 110 to achieve electrical connection of the camera 600 and the processor 110. Illustratively, a connector may be disposed within the second portion 722 of the connector 720 (not shown), the connector may be a connector as shown in fig. 6-23, one end of the connector may be connected to the motherboard, the other end may be connected to the camera 600, for example, the other end of the connector may be connected to the photosensitive element 610 in the camera 600.

In the embodiment of the present application, the angle of the annular structure of the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 or the lens 620 may be arbitrary, and the larger the angle of the annular structure, the larger the viewing range of the camera 600.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 71 and 72, the cover plate 1211 surrounds the head 121 along the side 121-B thereof, or the cover plate 1211 surrounds the head 121 in the circumferential direction thereof, so that light can enter the head 121 from all directions of the side 121-B regardless of whether the input device is rotated, which is easy to implement.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 71 and 72, the cover plate 1211 surrounds the first portion 721 along the side 121-B of the head 121, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721 and surrounds the first portion 721 along the side, and the lens 620 is sleeved on the photosensitive element 610 and surrounds the photosensitive element 610 along the side, i.e., the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360. Thus, through the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 provided in the annular structure of the head 121, whether or not the input device 120 is rotated, a 360-degree view finding can be achieved, and a 360-degree panoramic photographing can be achieved.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 may surround a portion of the side 121-B of the head 121, and the photosensitive element 610 may also surround a portion of the side of the first portion 721 to form an annular structure (not shown) having any angle less than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may also surround a portion of the side of the photosensitive element 610 to form an annular structure (not shown) having any angle less than 360 degrees. In this structure, panoramic photographing at an angle can be achieved regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 surrounds a portion along the side 121-B of the head 121, forms a cover plate 1211 (not shown) having a ring-shaped structure with any angle less than 360 degrees, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721, surrounds the photosensitive element 610 along the side of the first portion 721 for one revolution (not shown), and the lens 620 is sleeved on the photosensitive element 610 and surrounds the photosensitive element 610 along the side of the photosensitive element 610 for one revolution (not shown). In this structure, panoramic photographing of a certain angle can be achieved by rotating the input device 120, adjusting the position of the cover plate 1211 to adjust the viewing direction, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover plate 1211.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 surrounds a portion along the side 121-B of the head 121, forms a cover plate 1211 (not shown) having a ring-shaped structure of less than 360 degrees, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721, surrounds a portion (not shown) along the side of the first portion 721, and the lens 620 is sleeved on the photosensitive element 610, and surrounds a portion (not shown) along the side of the photosensitive element 610. In this structure, panoramic photographing of a certain angle can be achieved by rotating the input device 120, adjusting the position of the cover plate 1211 to adjust the viewing direction, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover plate 1211 and the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 73, a transparent cover plate 1211 is disposed on a side 121-B of the head 121, the cover plate 1211 is annular and surrounds the head 121 along a circumferential direction, a connector 720 is sleeved in the input device 120, the connector 720 includes a first portion 721 disposed on the head 121, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on a side of the first portion 721 along the circumferential direction, the photosensitive element 610 is formed in an annular structure, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover plate 1211 and the photosensitive element 610, and illustratively, the lens 620 is sleeved on a side of the cover plate 1212 near the photosensitive element 610, the lens 620 is formed in an annular structure, and the lens 620 faces the cover plate 1212 of the head 121 (or the side 121-B of the head 121) along a radial direction of the head 121. Thus, light may enter the lens 620 through the cover plate 1211 provided at the side 121-B of the head 121 to take a picture.

With continued reference to fig. 73, the connector 720 further includes a second portion 722 disposed on the shaft 122, specifically, the second portion 722 is disposed in the first channel 1231 of the shaft 122, a gap exists between the second portion 722 and an inner wall of the first channel 1231, the second portion 722 can be directly or indirectly fixedly connected with the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the first portion 721 is disposed in the second channel 1232 of the head 121, and a gap exists between the first portion 721 and the inner wall of the second channel 1232 and the cover 1211, so that, when the input device 120 rotates, only the lens 620 can rotate along with the rotation of the input device 120, and the connector 720 and the photosensitive element 610 can be fixed for easy installation and easy implementation.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 may include one or more image sensors, and in an embodiment in which the photosensitive element 610 includes a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are sequentially disposed on a side of the first portion 721 in the circumferential direction along the circumferential direction of the first portion 721, the plurality of image sensors forming the photosensitive element 610 in a ring-shaped structure. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, and in an embodiment in which the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on a side surface of the cover 1212 near the photosensitive element 610, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 with a ring structure.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 620 may be connected to the main board provided with the processor 110 by using a connector, so as to connect the camera 600 and the processor 110, and the description of the connector may be referred to the above description related to fig. 3 and 4, which is not repeated.

It should be understood that the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited in any way herein. For example, the annular structure may be a circular annular structure as shown in fig. 73, or may be an annular structure of other shapes such as an ellipse, a rectangle, a polygon, or the like.

In the embodiment of the present application, the angles of the annular structures of the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be arbitrary, and the larger the angle of the annular structure is, the larger the view-finding range of the camera 600 is.

Illustratively, referring to FIG. 73, the cover plate 1211 is wrapped around the side 121-B of the head 121 such that light may enter the various directions of the side 121-B of the head 121 regardless of whether the input device is rotated, which is simple to implement.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 73, the cover plate 1211 surrounds the first portion 721 along the side 121-B of the head 121, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on the first portion 721 along the side of the first portion 721, the lens 620 is sleeved on the side of the cover plate 1211 near the photosensitive element 610, and the cover plate 1211 surrounds the side of the cover plate 1211, i.e., the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360. Thus, through the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 provided in the annular structure of the head 121, whether or not the input device 120 is rotated, a 360-degree view finding can be achieved, and a 360-degree panoramic photographing can be achieved.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 surrounds the head 121 along the side 121-B, and the photosensitive element 610 may also surround a portion of the cover plate 1211 (not shown) along the side of the first portion 721 to form an annular structure with any angle less than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may also surround a portion of the cover plate 1211 along the side to form a lens 620 (not shown) with an annular structure with any angle less than 360 degrees. This structure can also realize panoramic photographing, but the camera 600 has a small view-finding range.

In another embodiment, referring to fig. 74, an annular groove 1216 is provided on a side 121-B of a head 121 of an input device 120, a transparent cover plate 1211 is provided at a notch of the annular groove 1216, a camera 600 surrounding the bottom wall 1216-a is provided on a bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216, and the camera 600 is disposed opposite to the cover plate 1211, so that light can enter the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211 provided on the head 121 to take a picture. In this embodiment, as the input device 120 rotates, the camera 600 rotates with the rotation of the input device 120.

The camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 is sleeved on a bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216 to form the photosensitive element 610 with an annular structure, the lens 620 is disposed between the cover plate 1211 and the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 is illustratively sleeved on the photosensitive element 610 to form the lens 620 with an annular structure, so that the lens 620 faces the cover plate 1211 of the head 121 to receive light entering from the cover plate 1211.

In this embodiment, the photosensitive element 610 can include one or more image sensors, and in embodiments where the photosensitive element 610 includes a plurality of image sensors, the plurality of image sensors are disposed on the bottom wall 1216-A in sequence along the bottom wall 1216-A of the annular recess 1216, the plurality of image sensors forming the photosensitive element 610 in an annular configuration. Similarly, the lens 620 may include one or more lenses, and in an embodiment in which the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the plurality of lenses are sequentially sleeved on the side surface of the photosensitive element 20 in the circumferential direction, and the plurality of lenses form the lens 620 having a ring structure.

It should be understood that the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may be ring-shaped structures of any shape, and are not limited in any way herein. For example, the annular structure may be a circular annular structure as shown in fig. 74, or may be an annular structure of other shapes such as an ellipse, a rectangle, a polygon, or the like.

Illustratively, referring to FIG. 74, the cover plate 1211 is wrapped around the annular recess 1216 such that light may enter from all directions from the side 121-B of the head 121, regardless of whether the input device is rotated, for simplicity.

In one example, with continued reference to FIG. 74, the cover plate 1211 is wrapped around the annular recess 1216, the photosensitive element 610 is wrapped around the bottom wall 1216-A of the annular recess 1216 and around along the bottom wall 1216-A of the annular recess 1216, and the lens 620 is wrapped around the photosensitive element 610 and around along the sides of the photosensitive element 610, i.e., the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 form an annular structure with an angle of 360. Thus, through the cover plate 1211, the photosensitive element 610, and the lens 620 provided in the annular structure of the head 121, a 360-degree view finding can be achieved, and a 360-degree panoramic photographing can be achieved, regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 may surround a portion of the photosensitive element 610 along the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular recess 1216 to form an annular structured photosensitive element 610 (not shown) having any angle less than 360 degrees, and correspondingly, the lens 620 may surround a portion of the photosensitive element 610 along the side surface to form an annular structured lens 620 (not shown) having any angle less than 360 degrees. In this structure, the viewing direction of the lens 620 of the camera 600 is adjusted by rotating the input device 120 to achieve panoramic photographing at an angle, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 surrounds a portion of the area around the annular recess 1216, forms a cover plate 1211 (not shown) of an annular structure at any angle less than 360 degrees, the photosensitive element 61 surrounds a circle (not shown) around the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular recess 1216, and the lens 620 is fitted over the photosensitive element 610 and surrounds a circle (not shown) along the side of the photosensitive element 610. In this structure, panoramic photographing of a certain angle can be achieved by rotating the input device 120, adjusting the position of the cover plate 1211 to adjust the viewing direction, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover plate 1211.

In another example, the cover plate 1211 surrounds a portion of the area around the annular groove 1216, forms a cover plate 1211 (not shown) of an annular structure of any angle less than 360 degrees, surrounds a portion of the photosensitive element 61 around the bottom wall 1216-a of the annular groove 1216, forms an annular structure (not shown) of any angle less than 360 degrees, and the lens 620 is fitted over the photosensitive element 610, surrounds a portion of the side of the photosensitive element 610, and forms an annular structure (not shown) of any angle less than 360 degrees. In this structure, panoramic photographing of a certain angle can be achieved by rotating the input device 120, adjusting the position of the cover plate 1211 to adjust the viewing direction, and the viewing range of the lens 620 depends on the angle of the annular structure formed by the cover plate 1211 and the angle of the annular structure formed by the lens 620.

In the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the camera 600 in the head 121 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, the camera 600 is arranged in the head 121 in an annular structure, the lens 620 of the camera 600 faces the side 121-B of the head 121 in the circumferential direction, so that the view finding and photographing from the side 121-B of the head 121 is realized, the camera 600 in the annular structure can realize panoramic photographing at a certain angle, and in ideal cases, 360-degree panoramic photographing can be realized, and the photographing flexibility is improved.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 75, the difference from fig. 70 is that the camera 600 is disposed in the shaft 122 of the input device 120, the camera 600 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, the end of the head 121 away from the shaft 122 is provided with a cover 1211, and a channel for transmitting light is formed between the camera 600 and the cover 1211. Thus, light may enter the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211 and a channel between the cover plate 1211 and the camera 600 to implement a photographing function. In this embodiment, since the lever portion 122 is close to the main board 111, the camera 600 may not need to be connected to the main board 111 through a connector, the camera 600 may be directly connected to the main board 111, or the camera 600 may be connected to the main board 111 through the small board 113.

As an example, with continued reference to fig. 75, a first channel 1231 is disposed in the shaft 122, the first channel 1231 penetrates the shaft 122 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, the camera 600 is disposed in the first channel 1231, a transparent cover plate 1211 is disposed at an end of the head 121 far away from the shaft 122, a second channel 1232 is further disposed in the head 121, one end of the second channel 1232 is connected to the cover plate 1211, the other end of the second channel 1232 is connected to the first channel 1231, and light can enter the camera 600 through the cover plate 1211, the second channel 1232 and the first channel 1231, so as to achieve a photographing function.

In one example, when the input device 120 is rotated, the camera 600 is not rotated, or neither the input device 120 nor the camera 600 is rotated, thus facilitating electrical connection of the camera 600 to the motherboard 111 provided with the processor 110. In this example, with continued reference to fig. 75, the camera 600 may be fixed to the housing 180, and a gap exists between the camera 600 and an inner wall of the first channel 1231 so that the camera 600 does not rotate when the input device 120 rotates. Illustratively, the small plate 113 is fixed on the housing 180, the small plate 113 is connected with the main board 111, and the camera 600 may be fixed on the housing 180 through the small plate 113 and connected with the main board 111.

In the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the camera 600 in the lever portion 122 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, the camera 600 is directed toward the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, can view from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121, is easy to realize in structure and is convenient to install.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 76 and 77, the camera 600 is still disposed in the shaft 122, and the camera 600 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, unlike fig. 75, in which the head 121 is fixedly connected with a reflecting device 710, and the reflecting device 710 is transparent, and the reflecting device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, so that light can enter the camera 600 through the reflecting device 710, and the reflecting device 710 can rotate together when the input device 120 rotates, and the viewing direction can be adjusted by the reflecting device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711 at one end of the head 121, and a channel for transmitting light is formed between the camera 600 and the reflecting device 710, so that the light enters the reflecting device 710, is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and the reflected light enters the camera 600 through the channel between the reflecting device 710 and the camera 600, so as to realize a photographing function. That is, in this embodiment, by providing the reflecting means 710 on the head 121, a view can be taken from the side 121-B of the head 121 to realize a photographing function.

The reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710 according to the embodiment of the present application is an inclined surface, and a line projected by the reflecting surface 711 on a plane perpendicular to the radial direction of the head 121 (for example, xz plane) forms an angle with the axial direction of the stem 122, and the projected line may be a straight line (as shown in fig. 77) or a curved line, which is not limited in the present application.

It should be appreciated that the reflective device 710 may include one or more reflective surfaces 711, and embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way.

In this embodiment, since the lever portion 122 is close to the main board 111, the camera 600 may not need to be connected to the main board 111 through a connector, the camera 600 may be directly connected to the main board 111, or the camera 600 may be connected to the main board 111 through the small board 113.

Illustratively, with continued reference to fig. 77, a first passage 1231 is provided in the stem 122, the first passage 1231 extending through the stem 122 in the axial direction of the stem 122, the camera 600 is disposed within the first passage 1231, a second passage 1232 is also provided within the head 121, the second passage 1232 is in communication with the first passage 1231, and the reflective device 710 is disposed in the second passage 1232.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 77, the camera 600 may be fixed to the housing 180, and a gap exists between the camera 600 and an inner wall of the first channel 1231, so that the camera 600 does not rotate when the input device 120 rotates, facilitating electrical connection of the camera 600 with the motherboard 111. The manner in which the camera 600 is fixed to the housing 180 may refer to the related description of fig. 75, which is not repeated.

It should be noted that, the head 121 of the input device 120 may be provided with one or more reflection devices 710 to achieve framing in multiple directions, which is not limited in any way.

It should be understood that the viewing range of the reflection device 710 may be any angle, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way, where the viewing range of the reflection device 710 indicates an angle at which the reflection device 710 surrounds the circumferential direction of the head 121.

It should also be appreciated that panoramic photographing at an angle may be achieved if the viewing range of the reflective device 710 is large. For example, if the view-finding range of the reflecting device 710 is 360 degrees, light can enter the camera from all directions of the side 121-B of the head 121 through the reflecting device 710 to take a picture, and in this structure, a panoramic photographing of 360 degrees can be achieved regardless of whether the input device 120 is rotated. In embodiments where the viewing range of the reflection means 710 is less than 360 degrees, the viewing direction of the reflection means 710 is adjusted by rotating the input device 120.

It should be noted that the structure of the reflecting device 710 located on the head 121 shown in fig. 76 to 77 is only schematically illustrated, and other structures of the reflecting device 710 may be provided in the reflecting device 710 according to the embodiment of the present application, and reference may be made to the following description of the reflecting device 710 shown in the corresponding embodiment of fig. 82 to 84, in other words, the structure of the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 is equally applicable to the embodiment in which the camera 600 is integrally disposed on the shaft 122.

In the embodiment of the present application, by arranging the camera 600 in the lever portion 122 of the input device 120, the space of the housing 180 occupied by the camera 600 can be effectively saved while the photographing function can be realized. In addition, in the embodiment where the head 121 of the input device is provided with the reflecting device 710, the reflecting device 710 can be driven to rotate by the rotation of the input device 120, so as to realize framing in different directions, and improve the flexibility of photographing.

The embodiment in which the camera 600 is provided to the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 69 to 77, and the part of the components of the camera 600 provided to the input device 120 is described in detail below with reference to fig. 78 to 85.

In some embodiments, referring to fig. 78 and 79, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, an input device 120, a transparent cover plate 1211, a camera 600, a first circuit board 111 (or motherboard 111).

The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in a housing 180, the head 121 extends out of the housing 180, a cover 121 is disposed at an end of the head 121 remote from the stem 122, a processor 110 is mounted on a first circuit board 111, and the first circuit board 111 is disposed in the housing 180.

The camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, and the photosensitive element 610 is disposed opposite the lens 620 to preferably transmit an optical signal. A lens 620 is disposed within the shaft 122, the lens 620 including one or more lenses (2 lenses are shown in fig. 78), a photosensitive element 610 is disposed within the housing 180, and the photosensitive element 610 is coupled to the first circuit board 111 to enable connection of the camera 600 to the processor 110. A channel for transmitting light is formed between the lens 620 and the cover plate 1211, and illustratively, a first channel 1231 for mounting the lens 620 is provided in the stem 122, a second channel 1232 is provided in the head 121, one end of the second channel 1232 is connected to the cover plate 1211, the other end is connected to the first channel 1231, and the region of the first channel 1231 between the lens 620 and the second channel 1232 form the above-mentioned channel for transmitting light. The lens 620 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the stem 122, so that light can enter the lens 620 through the transparent cover 1211 and the passage for transmitting light to achieve a photographing function.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, the body 101 further includes a third circuit board 113 (which may also be referred to as a small board) electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, and the photosensitive element 610 is connected to the second circuit board 113, and illustratively, the photosensitive element 610 is mounted on the second circuit board 113 to be connected to the first circuit board 111 through the second circuit board 113.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, the camera 600 further includes a lens barrel 640, and the lens barrel 640 has a lens 610 mounted therein for fixing the lens 610, and the lens barrel 640 may be fixed on the housing 180 or the lever 122. If the lens barrel 640 is only fixed to the housing 180, the lens 610 does not rotate no matter whether the input device 120 rotates or not, and if the lens barrel 640 is fixed to the rod 122, the lens 610 will also rotate when the input device 120 rotates, as will be described later. In the embodiment of the present application, an assembly of the lens 610 and the lens barrel 640 may be referred to as a lens assembly.

In other embodiments, with continued reference to fig. 78 and 79, the camera 600 further includes a lens base 630, the photosensitive element 610 is fixedly connected in the lens base 630, and illustratively, the lens base 630 has a cylindrical structure, the lens base 630 encloses and fixes the photosensitive element 610, and the lens base 630 is fixedly connected with the housing 180. In an example, in an embodiment in which the wearable device 100 includes the second circuit board 113, the photosensitive element 610 is connected to the second circuit board 113, the lens mount 630 is fixed on the second circuit board 113, and the second circuit board 113 is fixedly connected to the housing 180, so that the lens mount 630 is fixed on the housing 180 through the second circuit board 113.

In an embodiment in which the camera 600 includes the lens barrel 640, referring to fig. 78, a first portion of the lens mount 630 may be connected to the lens barrel 640, and illustratively, a first portion of the lens mount 630 is sleeved on the lens 640, and a second portion of the lens mount 640 is fixedly connected to the housing 180.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 78, a gap 120-1 exists between the lens base 630 and the rod 122, the lens base 630 is in threaded connection with the lens barrel 640, the lens barrel 640 is provided with a protrusion 641, a first channel 1231 of the rod 122 is provided with a limiting groove 1224 matching with the protrusion 641, and the protrusion 641 and the limiting groove 1224 cooperate to limit the rotation of the lens barrel 640 relative to the rod 122 along the rotation direction. When the input device 120 rotates, the engagement between the limiting groove 1224 of the lever 122 and the protrusion 641 on the lens barrel 640 can drive the lens assembly composed of the lens 620 and the lens barrel 640 to rotate, and meanwhile, the threaded connection between the lens barrel 640 and the lens base 630 can convert the rotation of the lens assembly into a translation along the axial direction of the lever 122, so that the lens assembly can move towards a direction approaching or separating from the photosensitive element 610, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focusing distance of the lens 620. That is, the camera 600 shown in fig. 78 can adjust the focusing distance.

In another example, referring to fig. 80, there is a gap 120-1 between the lens mount 630 and the lever 122, and fig. 80 is different from fig. 79 in that there is also a gap 120-1 between the lens barrel 640 and the lever 122, i.e., the lens barrel 640 does not need to be provided with the projection 641 and the first passage 1231 of the lever 122 does not need to be provided with the stopper groove 1224, so that the camera 600 does not rotate regardless of whether the input device 120 rotates. In contrast to the embodiment shown in fig. 78 and 79, the camera 600 of the wearable apparatus 100 of this structure is not adjustable in focus.

In other embodiments, the lens 620 may also be disposed on the head 121 (not shown in the drawings), where the lens 620 faces the head 121 along the axial direction of the stem 122, and an end of the head 121 away from the stem 122 is provided with a cover plate 1211.

In other embodiments, referring to fig. 81, the main body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a housing 180, an input device 120, a camera 600, and a first circuit board 111 (or a main board 111), the input device 120 includes a stem 122 and a head 121, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, in one example, the camera 600 further includes a lens barrel 640, in another example, the camera 600 further includes a lens mount 630, and descriptions of the respective components may be referred to in the related descriptions of fig. 78 and 79 and will not be repeated.

Fig. 81 is different from fig. 78 in that the head 121 is fixedly connected with a reflecting device 710, the reflecting device 710 extends from a side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, the reflecting device 710 is transparent, the reflecting device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, light can enter into the lens 620 through the reflecting device 710, the reflecting device 710 can rotate together when the input device 120 rotates, and the viewing direction can be adjusted through the reflecting device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711 at one end of the head 121, and a channel for transmitting light is formed between the camera 600 and the reflecting device 710, so that the light enters the reflecting device 710, is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and enters the lens 620 through the channel between the reflecting device 710 and the lens 620, so as to achieve a photographing function.

That is, in this embodiment, by providing the reflecting means 710 on the head 121, a view can be taken from the side 121-B of the head 121 to realize a photographing function.

It should be understood that the structure of camera head 600 viewing from side 121-B of head 121 shown in fig. 81 is merely illustrative, and that other structures of camera head 600 viewing from side 121-B of head 121 are described below.

In one embodiment, referring to fig. 82, the camera 600 includes a photosensitive element 610 and a lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed in the housing 180 and is connectable with the main board 111 (not shown), and the lens 620 is disposed in a first channel 1231 in the stem 122 of the input device 120. The head 121 includes a transparent cover plate 1211, the cover plate 1211 has an annular structure, the cover plate 1211 surrounds the head 121 along a circumferential direction, and a housing of the head 121 is fixedly connected, for example, referring to fig. 82, the cover plate 1211 surrounds one circumference along the circumferential direction of the head 121. The cavity in the annular structure of the cover plate 1211 is formed as a second channel 1232, and the second channel 1232 is fixedly provided with a reflecting device 710 therein, so that light can enter the lens 620 through the reflecting device 710, and when the input device 120 rotates, the reflecting device 710 can rotate together, and the viewing direction can be adjusted by the reflecting device 710. The reflecting device 710 has a reflecting surface 711, and the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1231, so that the light reaches the reflecting device 710 through the cover plate 1211 and the second channel 1232, and is reflected by the reflecting surface 711 of the reflecting device 710, and the reflected light enters the lens 620 through the first channel 1231 to realize a photographing function.

The reflecting device 710 of the embodiment of the present application can receive light rays with a certain angle, and achieve panoramic photographing within the angle range, and for convenience of description, the angle is described asAngle ofThe angular range of (2) is greater than 0 degrees and less than or equal to 360 degrees.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 82, the reflective device 710 may receive an angle of less than 360 degreesIs a light source, and is a light source. Illustratively, the reflective device 710 may include two reflective surfaces 711, with an angle between the two reflective surfaces 711 of

In another example, referring to fig. 83, the reflective device 710 may receive light at an angle of 360 degrees. Illustratively, the reflective device 710 is conical and the reflective surface 711 is an arcuate conical surface.

As described above, the line projected by the reflecting surface 71 of the reflecting device 710 in the embodiment of the present application on the plane perpendicular to the radial direction of the head 121 (for example, xz plane) may be a straight line or a curved line. It can be seen that in the embodiment shown in fig. 82 to 83, the line projected by the reflecting surface 711 is a straight line. Referring to fig. 84, the line projected by the reflection surface 711 may be a curved line.

The structure of viewing from the side 121-B of the head 121 shown in fig. 81 to 84 is only schematically illustrated. For example, in some embodiments, the lens 620 is disposed in the stem 121, the head 121 may not need the reflecting device 710, and the transparent cover plate 1211 having an annular structure may be disposed in the circumferential direction of the head 121, however, the light-entering effect of such a structure is not good.

It should be understood that the above-mentioned positional relationship between the optical element 610 and the lens 620 of the rod 122 in the embodiment shown in fig. 78 to 84 is also merely illustrative, and the photosensitive element 610 and the lens 620 may have other positional relationships. For example, referring to fig. 85, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed at one side of the circumferential direction of the stem 122, and an additional reflection device 710 may be disposed in the housing 181 at a position opposite to the stem 122, to reflect the light transmitted through the lens 620 to the photosensitive element 610 through the reflection device 710 in the housing 180.

In the embodiment of integrating the camera 600 or the part of the camera 600 in the input device 120 shown in fig. 69 to 85, since the view of the head 121 is required, the above embodiment describes that the cover 1211 is provided on the side 121-B or the outer end 121-a of the head 121, the cover 1211 is used as a part of the head 121, and the light enters the lens 620 through the cover 1211 to take a picture.

It should be understood that the foregoing embodiments are merely illustrative, and in some embodiments, the entire head 121 may be made of a transparent material to allow light to enter the lens 620 through all directions of the head 121, and in embodiments in which the camera 600 or a part of the camera 600 (e.g., the photosensitive element 610 or the lens 620) or the reflecting device 710 is disposed on the head 121, only a region capable of mounting these parts needs to be reserved on the head 121, and no additional region for transmitting light needs to be reserved in the head 121.

It should also be appreciated that the wearable device 100 of the embodiments of the present application may include a plurality of input devices 120, and each input device 120 may integrate the camera 600 or a part of the components of the camera 600 to improve the photographing effect, and the design of the camera 600 in the wearable device 100 may refer to the above description. For example, the wearable device 100 may include two input devices 120, each of which input devices 120 may incorporate a camera 600 or a portion of the camera 600, and may form a binocular camera for performing facial recognition, binocular imaging, and the like.

It should also be appreciated that in some embodiments, other cameras of the wearable device 100 may also be used in combination with the camera 600 within the input device 120 to achieve binocular imaging or trinocular imaging. For example, taking a wristwatch as an example, a camera at the head of the wristwatch and a camera 600 within the input device 120 are used in combination to create a binocular imaging effect. When a front facing camera is used, the camera within the input device 120 rotates to a front facing angle. When a rear camera is used, the camera within the input device 120 rotates to a rear angle.

In the embodiment in which the lens 620 is disposed in the shaft 122 of the input device 120, the photosensitive element 610 is disposed in the housing 180 and opposite to the lens 620, and the distance between the lenses in the lens 620 or the distance between the lenses and the photosensitive element 610 can be adjusted by rotating the input device 120 to achieve different photographing effects.

It should be noted that the embodiments described below for adjusting the distance between lenses in the lens 620 or adjusting the distance between the lenses and the photosensitive element 610 by rotation of the input device 120 may be applied to any of the embodiments described above in which the lens 620 is disposed on the shaft 122. For convenience of description, in the following description, only the related structure between the lens 620 and the stem 122 is shown to illustrate the connection relationship of the lens 620 and the stem 122, and the description of the relationship between the remaining components may be referred to the above related description.

In an embodiment of the present application, the distance between the lenses and the photosensitive element 610 are related to the imaging parameters of the lens 620. Illustratively, the imaging parameters of the lens 620 include a focal length or a focusing distance of the lens 620.

In embodiments where multiple lenses are included in the lens 620, the focal length of the lens 620 may be varied by adjusting the spacing between the multiple lenses (in practice, it may also be understood that the focal length of the lens 620 is varied by varying the distance between the lens and the photosensitive element 610).

The focus distance is related to the imaging distance of the lens 620 and may be embodied by the distance between the lens 620 and the photosensitive element 610. In embodiments where the lens 620 includes one lens, the focus distance of the lens 620 is adjusted by changing the distance between the lens and the photosensitive element 610. In embodiments in which the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, the distance between the plurality of lenses and the photosensitive element 610 may be changed without changing the distance between the lenses to adjust the focus distance of the lens 620, that is, by changing the distance between the entire lens 620 and the photosensitive element 610 to adjust the focus distance of the lens 620. In the photographing process, the focal length of the lens 620 may be adjusted first, and then the focusing distance of the lens 620 may be adjusted.

In a photographing scene, the camera 600 may be configured with a plurality of photographing modes to achieve different photographing effects, where different photographing modes have different imaging parameters, each photographing mode has a corresponding imaging parameter, the input device 120 has a preset plurality of rotation angles, the plurality of rotation angles correspond to the plurality of imaging parameters, one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter, or one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter in one photographing mode. In this way, the lens 620 is adjusted to the corresponding imaging parameters by the rotation angle of the input device 120, and the photographing is performed in the corresponding photographing mode.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 includes an actuator coupled to the lens 620, the sensing element detects the rotation of the input device 120, and sends information (rotation information) related to the rotation of the input device 120 to the processor 110, and the processor 110 may control the actuator according to the rotation information of the input device 120 to adjust the imaging parameters of the lens 620 through the actuator.

In one example, the actuator may be a driving device mechanically coupled to the lens 620, the lens 620 including one or more lenses, the lenses being non-deformable lenses having a hardness, and the processor 110 adjusting the imaging parameters of the lens 620 by controlling the actuator to adjust the position of the lenses in the lens 620.

The driving means may be, for example, a motor or the like. When the driving device works, the driving device can drive the lens of the lens 620 to move along the axial direction of the rod 122, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the imaging parameters of the lens 620. For example, the drive means may be a motor and the drive means may be operable to indicate rotation of an output shaft of the motor.

Illustratively, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses and the imaging parameter includes a focal length of the lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to a rotation angle 1, and sends rotation information to the processor 110, the processor 110 controls the actuator to adjust, the distances between the plurality of lenses, and adjusts the focal length of the lens 620 to a focal length corresponding to the rotation angle 1, so as to achieve the purpose of changing the focal length of the lens 620. For example, lens 620 includes two lenses, and the actuator controls the two lenses to move away from or toward each other to change the focal length of lens 620.

Illustratively, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses and the imaging parameters include a focus distance of the lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to a rotation angle 1, and sends rotation information to the processor 110, and the processor 110 controls the actuator to adjust the distance between the lens 620 and the photosensitive element 610, so as to adjust the focusing distance of the lens 620 to a focal length corresponding to the rotation angle 1, thereby achieving the purpose of changing the focusing distance of the lens 620.

For example, lens 620 includes a lens, and the actuator controls the lens to move away from or toward photosensitive element 610 to change the focal distance of lens 620. For another example, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses, and the actuator controls the plurality of lenses to move away from or toward the photosensitive element 610 to change the focusing distance of the lens 620.

In another example, the actuator is a device capable of outputting an electrical signal, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses made of deformable piezoelectric material or the lens is a liquid crystal lens, and the processor 110 outputs the electrical signal by controlling the actuator, and the lens can deform the lens in the lens 620 based on the electrical signal, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting imaging parameters. The type of electrical signal may be a voltage or a current, among others. In this embodiment, the imaging parameters may include a focal length of lens 620.

The actuator may be a digital-to-analog converter (digital analog converter, DAC), for example.

Illustratively, the lens 620 includes one or more lenses and the imaging parameters include a focal length of the lens 620. The input device 120 rotates, the sensing element detects that the input device 120 is rotated to a rotation angle 1, and sends rotation information to the processor 110, the processor 110 controls the actuator to output an electric signal 1 corresponding to the rotation angle 1, at least one lens of the plurality of lenses connected with the actuator is deformed, and the focal length of the lens 620 is adjusted to a focal length corresponding to the rotation angle 1, so that the purpose of changing the focal length of the lens 620 is achieved.

In another embodiment, the rotation angle of the input device 120 is also bound to the imaging parameters of the lens 620, that is, one rotation angle corresponds to one imaging parameter, and an actuator is not required, and the rotation of the input device 120 directly drives the lens in the lens 620 to move so as to adjust the imaging parameters of the lens 620. The relationship between the rotation angle of the input device 120 and the imaging parameter of the lens 620 may refer to the related description of the above embodiment, and will not be repeated.

Hereinafter, this embodiment will be described in detail with reference to fig. 86 to 88.

For convenience of description, taking the case that the lens 620 views from the end surface 121-B of the head 121 (as in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 78 to 80) as an example, the embodiment in which the lens 620 is moved by the rotation of the input device 120 will be described, and it should be understood that the embodiment in which the lens 620 is moved by the rotation of the input device 120 (as in the embodiment corresponding to fig. 81 to 85) is also applicable to the embodiment in which the lens 620 views from the side surface 121-a of the head 121, which will not be described in detail later.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 86, the head 121 is mounted with a cover plate 1211 and a second channel 1232, a first channel 1231 is provided in the stem 122, a lens 620 is provided in the first channel 1231, the photosensitive element 610 is provided in the housing 180 and is disposed opposite to the lens 620, and one end of the second channel 1232 is communicated with the first channel 1231 and the other end is connected with the cover plate 1211, such that light enters into the lens 620 through the cover plate 1211, the second channel 1232 and the first channel 1231. The inner wall of the first channel 1231 is provided with an internal thread 701, and the lens in the lens 620 can be matched with the internal thread 701, and when the input device 120 rotates, the lens is driven to move along the axial direction of the rod 122, so as to adjust the focal length of the lens 620 or adjust the focusing distance of the lens 620.

With continued reference to fig. 86, a fixing member 740 is mounted in the first channel 1231 of the stem 122, and an end of the fixing member 740 remote from the head 121 extends into the housing 180 and is fixedly connected to the housing 180 (not shown), the fixing member 740 has an annular structure, and a cavity penetrating the fixing member 740 along an axial direction of the fixing member 740 is formed in the fixing member 740, and the lens 620 is mounted in the cavity. Illustratively, the outer surface of the fixing member 740 is provided with one or more guide grooves 741, the guide grooves 741 communicating with the cavity of the fixing member 740, and the lens may be fixed to the guide grooves 741, and it is understood that one lens may be fixed to at least one guide groove 741, the at least one guide groove 741 being distributed along the circumferential direction of the fixing member 740, for example, in fig. 86, one lens is fixed to two guide grooves 741 distributed along the circumferential direction of the fixing member 740. The lens may be engaged with the internal thread 701 of the first channel 1231 of the stem 122 through the guide slot 741, and when the input device 120 rotates, the fixing member 740 is fixed, and the lens and the internal thread 701 are engaged with each other, so that the lens can be moved along the axial direction of the stem 122, or in other words, the lens can be moved toward or away from the photosensitive element 610, so as to adjust the focal length or focusing distance of the lens 620. Illustratively, external threads (not shown) may be provided on the lens that mate with the internal threads 701, the threaded engagement between the lens and the stem 122 such that the lens is movable in the axial direction of the stem 122 upon rotation of the input device 120.

In embodiments where the lens 620 includes multiple lenses, not only the focal length of the lens 620 may be adjusted by rotation of the input device 120, but also the focus distance of the lens 620 may be adjusted.

In an example, with continued reference to fig. 86, the lens 620 includes a plurality of lenses (two lenses are shown in fig. 86), and in order to adjust the focal length of the lens 620, a plurality of internal threads 701 may be disposed on the inner wall of the first channel 1231 along the axial direction of the stem 122, one internal thread 701 is engaged with one lens, parameters of at least two internal threads 701 are different, and such internal threads 701 having different parameters may cause the movement displacement or movement direction of the corresponding at least two lenses to be different, so as to adjust the focal length of the lens 620.

For convenience of description, two-segment internal threads 701 of the multiple-segment internal threads 701 are illustrated as an example.

Illustratively, the pitches of the two internal threads 701 are different, so that when the input device 120 rotates, the corresponding two lenses are moved differently, so that the two lenses are close to each other or far from each other, and the distance between the two lenses is changed, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the focal length of the lens 620.

Illustratively, the directions of rotation of the two internal threads 701 are different, so that the two lenses move in opposite directions, so that the two lenses are close to each other or far from each other, and the distance between the two lenses is changed for the purpose of adjusting the focal length of the lens 620.

In another example, to adjust the focusing distance of the lens 620, the parameters of the multiple internal threads 701 may be the same, so that the movement displacement or movement direction of the multiple lenses is the same, so that the distance between the multiple lenses is unchanged but the distance between each lens and the photosensitive element 610 is changed, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the focusing distance of the lens 620.

In embodiments where the lens 620 includes one lens, the focus distance of the lens 620 may be adjusted by rotation of the input device 120.

In an example, referring to fig. 87, the lens 620 includes a lens, and when the input device 120 rotates, the internal thread 701 of the rod 122 cooperates with the lens to drive the lens to move along the axial direction of the rod 122 or to drive the lens to move toward or away from the photosensitive element 610, so as to achieve the purpose of adjusting the focusing distance of the lens 620.

It should be understood that referring to fig. 88, the photosensitive element 610 may be disposed at one side of the circumferential direction of the stem 122, however, an additional reflection device 710 is disposed in the housing 181 at a position opposite to the stem 122, so that the light transmitted through the lens 620 is reflected to the photosensitive element 610 by the reflection device 710 in the housing 180.

In some embodiments of the present application, the input device 120 may be driven to rotate by the driving apparatus instead of manually touching and rotating the input device 120, thereby achieving the intellectualization of the input device 120.

Referring to fig. 89 to 91, the wearable device 100 further includes a driving device 730, where the driving device 730 is disposed in the housing 180 and is fixedly connected with the housing 180, the driving device 730 may be electrically connected with the motherboard 111 to control the driving device 730 through the processor 110 disposed on the motherboard 111, and the driving device 730 is fixedly connected with the input device 120 to drive the input device 120 to rotate when the driving device 730 works.

Illustratively, the drive 730 includes a motor 731, the motor 731 being electrically connectable to the motherboard 111, and in embodiments including the small plate 113 in the wearable device 100 (as shown in fig. 90 and 91), the motor 731 is mounted on the small plate 113, the small plate 113 being fixedly connected to the housing 181 to achieve a fixed connection of the motor 732 to the housing 180. The driving device 730 further includes a first gear 732 sleeved on the output shaft of the motor 731, a second gear 733 is sleeved on the end portion, far from the head 121, of the rod portion 122 of the input device 120, the first gear 732 is meshed with the second gear 733, when the driving device 730 works, the output shaft of the motor 731 rotates to drive the first gear 732 to rotate, the first gear 732 drives the second gear 733 meshed with the first gear 732 to rotate, and the second gear 1223 drives the input device 120 to rotate. In this way, the rotation of the input device 120 driven by the driving means 730 is achieved.

In embodiments in which some or all of the components of the camera 600 are mounted within the input device 120, light may reach the camera 600 from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120, and the input device 120 is driven to rotate by the driving apparatus 730 to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600.

Taking the example that the reflecting device 710 is mounted on the side surface 121-B of the head 121, with continued reference to fig. 91, a first gear 732 is disposed on the output shaft of the motor 731, a second gear 733 is sleeved on the end portion of the rod portion 122 far from the head 121, the first gear 732 is meshed with the second gear 733, the output shaft of the motor 731 rotates to drive the first gear 732 to rotate, the first gear 732 drives the second gear 733 meshed with the first gear 732 to rotate, and the second gear 1223 drives the input device 120 to rotate, so that the reflecting device 710 fixed on the head 121 also rotates along with the input device 120, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the view direction of the camera 600. The specific descriptions of the lens 620, the photosensitive element 610 and the reflecting device 710 may refer to the related descriptions of fig. 81, and will not be repeated.

It should be appreciated that the configuration shown in fig. 91 is merely illustrative, and that any configuration for driving the input device 120 to rotate by the driving means 730 to adjust the viewing direction may be applied to any embodiment for viewing from the side 121-B of the head 121.

For example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 82, the reflecting device 710 is mounted on the inner side of the head 121, the side 121-B of the head 121 is mounted with a transparent cover plate 1211, and the driving device 730 may also be fixedly connected with the input device 120, so as to drive the input device 120 to rotate when the output shaft of the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, so that the reflecting device 710 also rotates to adjust the view direction of the camera 600, and the connection relationship between the driving device 730 and the input device 120 may be referred to the related description of the embodiments in fig. 89-91.

For another example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 77, in which all the components of the camera 600 are disposed on the shaft 122, the reflecting device 710 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and the driving device 730 may also be fixedly connected to the input device 120, so as to drive the input device 120 to rotate when the output shaft of the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, so that the reflecting device 710 also rotates to adjust the view direction of the camera 600, and the connection relationship between the driving device 730 and the input device 120 may be omitted from the description related to the embodiments in fig. 89 to 91.

In the embodiment (such as the embodiment shown in fig. 78) in which the lens 620 is mounted on the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120 and views from the end surface 121-a of the head 121, a second gear 733 (not shown) may be sleeved on the end portion of the shaft portion 122 far from the head 121, the first gear 732 of the driving device 730 may be meshed with the second gear 733 (not shown), when the motor 731 of the driving device 730 rotates, the first gear 732 is driven to drive the second gear 733 to rotate, the second gear 733 drives the shaft portion 122 to rotate, the shaft portion 122 drives the lens assembly formed by the lens 620 and the lens barrel 640 to rotate, and the threaded connection between the lens barrel 640 and the lens base 630 may convert the rotation of the input device 120 into the movement of the lens assembly along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122, so that the lens 620 approaches or separates from the photosensitive element 610, thereby achieving the purpose of adjusting the focusing distance of the lens 620.

In an embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 may trigger the actuation of the driving device 730 based on various conditions to adjust the view direction of the camera 600 or the focusing distance of the lens 620. In the following, the embodiments in which the processor 110 triggers the driving device 730 to start will be described by taking adjusting the view direction of the camera 600 as an example. It is understood that the method of triggering the driving device 730 to start to adjust the focusing distance of the lens 620 by the processor 110 is similar to the method of adjusting the viewing direction of the camera 600, and will not be described further.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may trigger the actuation of the driving device 730 by the user's operation of the display screen 140 to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 or the focusing distance of the lens 620.

In an example, referring to fig. 92 (a) and (b), when the wearable device 100 is in the photographing mode, the display screen 140 may present the preview interface 10, where the preview interface 10 includes a viewfinder for presenting the object 11 to be photographed, the preview interface 10 further includes the slide control 12 and the photographing control 14, the slide control 12 may be operated by a user to slide along a preset sliding area, the sliding area may be divided into a plurality of positions, one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120, the user may operate the slide control 12 to slide along the preset sliding area to a target position, the processor 110 detects the target position where the slide control 12 is located, the driving device 730 is controlled to start working (or, the driving device 730 is controlled to start), when the driving device 730 rotates to the rotation angle corresponding to the target position where the slide control 12 is located, meaning that the viewfinder direction of the camera 600 has been adjusted, and the user may operate the photographing control 14 to photograph.

Illustratively, with continued reference to (a) and (b) in fig. 92, the preview interface 10 further includes a slider 13, the slider 13 being a sliding region in the shape of a bar, the slider control 12 being slidable within the region of the slider 13 from one end of the slider 13 to the other. The sliding range of the sliding bar 13 corresponds to the rotation range of the input device 120, the sliding bar 13 may be divided into a plurality of positions, one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120, when the sliding control 12 is slid to a certain position of the plurality of positions by the user to stop, which means that the user selects the rotation angle of the input device 120 (i.e., selects the viewing direction of the camera 600), when the processor 110 detects the position of the sliding control 12 on the sliding bar 13, the rotation angle of the input device 120 may be determined according to the correspondence between the position and the rotation angle, the processor 110 may control the driving device 730 to start working, and the driving device 730 drives the input device 120 to rotate to the corresponding rotation angle, so as to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 (the direction of the adjustment reflection device 710) to the target direction.

For example, with continued reference to (a) and (b) in fig. 92, the sliding range of the sliding bar 13 is 0 ° to 360 °, the sliding bar 13 is divided into 5 positions, from top to bottom, the rotation angle corresponding to position 1 is 0 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 2 is 90 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 3 is 180 °, the rotation angle corresponding to position 4 is 270 °, and the rotation angle corresponding to position 5 is 360 °. When the user slides the sliding control 12 from the position 5 to the position 3 and the processor 110 detects that the sliding control 12 slides to the position 3 of the sliding bar 13, the driving device 730 is controlled to start working, and the input device 120 is driven to rotate to 180 ° by the driving device 730. With continued reference to fig. 92 (a) and (b), if the view direction of the rotation angle of 0 ° corresponding to position 1 and the view direction of the rotation angle of 360 ° corresponding to position 5 are the self-timer angle of the user, the camera 600 is the front camera, and then the view direction of the rotation angle of 180 ° corresponding to position 3 is opposite to the self-timer angle, the camera 600 is the rear camera.

Illustratively, the sliding directions of the sliding control 12 correspond to the rotating directions of the input device 120 one by one, and when the sliding control 12 slides along the first sliding direction, the rotating direction of the input device 120 is a first rotating direction, and when the sliding control 12 slides along the second sliding direction, the rotating direction of the input device 120 is a second rotating direction, wherein the first sliding direction and the second sliding direction are opposite, and the first rotating direction and the second rotating direction are opposite. For example, with continued reference to (a) and (b) in fig. 92, sliding control 12 slides from position 5 to position 1 in a first sliding direction, input device 120 rotates in a first rotational direction, sliding control 12 slides from position 1 to position 5 in a second sliding direction, and input device 120 rotates in a second rotational direction.

It should be understood that the sliding region of the sliding control 12 may take any shape, and embodiments of the present application are not limited in any way, and the sliding region in the shape of a bar shown in fig. 92 is only schematically illustrated. For example, the sliding area of the sliding control 12 may also be arc-shaped (not shown in the figure), and the arc-shaped sliding area may be distributed at any position on the display screen 140, and similarly, the sliding area is divided into a plurality of positions, where one position corresponds to one rotation angle of the input device 120. For example, the sliding region has a circular shape, and the circular sliding region surrounds the center of the display screen 140.

In another example, referring to (c) and (d) in fig. 92, when the wearable device 100 is in the photographing mode, the preview interface 10 may be presented on the display screen 140, the preview interface 10 includes a view-finding frame for presenting the photographed object 11, the preview interface 10 further includes a first control 15, and the user may switch between two photographing modes by clicking the first control 15, one photographing mode corresponding to one rotation angle, and two photographing modes corresponding to two rotation angles different.

Illustratively, in two photographing modes, one photographing mode is a front-end mode, the other photographing mode is a rear-end mode, the front-end mode is also referred to as a self-photographing mode, and a rotation angle (for example, 0 °) is corresponding to the rotation angle, that is, when the camera 600 rotates to the rotation angle, the orientation of the camera 600 is the same as the orientation of the display screen 140, and the view is formed in front of the display screen 150, so that the most typical scenario is that self-photographing can be achieved. The rear mode corresponds to another rotation angle (e.g., 180 °), that is, when the camera 600 is rotated to the rotation angle, the orientation of the camera 600 is opposite to the orientation of the display screen 140, and the view is taken behind the display screen 150. As shown in fig. 92 (c), the current photographing mode of the preview interface is a front-end mode, a self-timer lens is presented in the viewfinder, the user clicks the photographing mode control 15 to switch the photographing mode from the front-end mode to the rear-end mode, the processor 110 can detect the operation of switching the photographing mode by the user, and can confirm that the user needs to view in the rear-end mode, the processor 110 can control the driving device 730 to start working (or control the driving device 730 to start), and when the driving device 730 rotates by a rotation angle corresponding to the rear-end mode, the viewing direction of the camera 600 is already adjusted, and the user performs photographing.

In the embodiment in which the photographing mode includes two photographing modes, the embodiment of the present application is not limited to switching the photographing mode by clicking the first control 15 described above. Illustratively, the preview interface 10 may further include two controls, one for each photographing mode, each of which may be labeled with text for ease of user distinction. For example, the two controls include a first control and a second control, where the first control corresponds to a front mode, the second control corresponds to a rear mode, if the user clicks the first control, the processor 110 detects that the user operates the first control, and can control the driving device 730 to start working, and when the driving device 730 rotates to a rotation angle corresponding to the front mode, it means that the view direction of the camera 600 has been adjusted, and the user can take a picture.

In some embodiments of the self-timer scene, the processor 110 may automatically control the driving device 730 to be activated to adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 according to the difference between the face and the viewing area.

Illustratively, referring to fig. 93, the user adjusts the camera 600 to the self-timer mode (as shown in fig. 93 (a)), the preview interface 10 includes a viewing area on which a face is displayed, performs face recognition in the viewing area, if the face is recognized, determines whether the face is located at a middle position of the viewing area, and if the face is not located at a middle position of the viewing area, the processor 110 may control the driving device 730 to rotate the input apparatus 120 according to a difference between the area in which the face is located (abbreviated as the face area) and the viewing area, and adjust the viewing direction of the camera 600 so that the face area is located at the middle position of the viewing area (as shown in fig. 93 (b)). Illustratively, as shown in fig. 93, the entire area of the preview interface 10 may be a viewing area, and particularly for wearable devices such as watches, where the display screen is small, the entire preview interface may be set as the viewing area.

In other embodiments, the user 1 and the user 2 respectively use the wearable device 100 to perform the video call, and if the user 1 considers that the video angle of the user 2 is not suitable, the wearable device 100 of the user 1 may interactively communicate with the wearable device 100 of the user 2, and control the driving device 730 in the wearable device 100 of the user 2 to start to adjust the framing direction of the camera 600 of the user 2.

For ease of description, the wearable device 100 of user 1 is denoted as a first wearable device, and the wearable device 100 of user 2 is denoted as a second wearable device.

In a video call scenario, the preview interface of the display screen 140 of the first wearable device includes a viewfinder, which may present an object captured by the camera 600 of the user 2. The preview interface further includes some controls for determining the rotation angle, if the user 1 considers that the shooting angle of the user 2 is not suitable in the video, the user 1 may operate these controls, the processor 110 determines the rotation angle indicated by the operation, in response to this operation, sends a first instruction for indicating the rotation angle to the second wearable device, the second wearable device receives the first instruction, based on the first instruction, starts the driving apparatus 730 of the second wearable device, and the driving apparatus 730 drives the input device 120 to rotate until the input device 120 rotates to the rotation angle indicated by the first instruction, which means that the view direction of the camera 600 of the second wearable device is already adjusted, and the user 1 may perform a video call with the user 2.

In this embodiment, the preview interface of the display screen 140 of the first wearable device may be as shown in fig. 92. In one example, as shown in fig. 92 (a) and (b), the preview interface includes a slider control 12 and a slider bar 13, in another example, as shown in fig. 92 (c) and (d), the preview interface includes a first control 15, and in another example, the preview interface includes two controls, one control corresponding to each photographing mode.

Taking (c) and (d) in fig. 92 as an example, in (c) in fig. 92, what is presented in the view box of the preview interface of the first wearable device of the user 1 is an object (the head portrait of the user 2) photographed by the camera 600 of the second wearable device, that is, the camera 600 of the second wearable device is in the front mode, the user 1 wants to see the background behind the user 2, considers that the view direction of the camera 600 of the second wearable device is not suitable, and needs to adjust the camera 600 to the rear mode, then, the user 1 clicks the first control 15, meaning that the camera 600 of the second wearable device needs to be switched to the rear mode, the first wearable device detects the operation of the first control 15, determines the rotation angle corresponding to the rear mode, sends a first instruction for indicating the rotation angle to the second wearable device, and starts the driving device 730 of the second wearable device based on the first instruction, and drives the input device 120 to rotate until the input device 120 rotates to the rotation angle indicated by the first instruction, meaning that the camera 600 of the second wearable device 600 has been adjusted to the rear position of the user 2, and the user 1 has adjusted the view direction of the camera 600.

It should be understood that the structures of the respective components and the connection relationships between the components in the electronic apparatus shown in fig. 69 to 93 are only illustrative, and any alternative structure of the components having the same function as each component is within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

It should be noted that when the photographing recognizing function can be implemented by the embodiment shown in fig. 69 to 93, the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously implement at least one of a fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 4 to 45, a movement recognition function of the recognition input device 120 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 46 to 68, a PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 94 to 97, an improvement function of a signal of a portion to be detected of the wearable device 100, such as shown in fig. 98 to 99, an ECG detection function of the wearable device 100, such as shown in fig. 102 to 103, a gas detection function of the wearable device 100, such as shown in fig. 104 to 110, a detection function of an ambient light of the wearable device 100, such as shown in fig. 111 to 118, and a body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100, such as shown in fig. 119 to 123.

In the above, the structure of the wearable device 100 implementing the photographing function according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to fig. 69 to 93. Hereinafter, a detailed description will be given of the structure of the PPG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to fig. 94 to 97.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed to be associated with, and components associated with PPG detection may be mounted within the input device 120, and user contact with the input device 120 may be achieved by rotating, pressing, moving, and/or tilting the input device 120.

The PPG sensor 130A is a core component of PPG detection, and the PPG sensor 130A includes at least one light transmitting unit and at least one light receiving unit, where the at least one light emitting unit and the at least one receiving unit may be separately disposed or may be disposed together. The light transmitting unit in the PPG sensor 130A may radiate a light beam into a human body (e.g., a blood vessel), the light beam is reflected/refracted in the human body, and the reflected/refracted light is received by the light receiving unit in the PPG sensor 130A, resulting in an optical signal. Since the transmittance of blood changes during the fluctuation, the reflected/refracted light changes, and thus the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes. The PPG sensor 130A may convert the received optical signal into an electrical signal, and determine the heart rate corresponding to the electrical signal, so as to detect the heart rate of the human body.

In an embodiment of the present application, PPG sensor 130A is located in two locations on wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within input device 120.

In one implementation, PPG sensor 130A may be disposed at head 121 of input device 120. In another implementation, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed at the stem 122 of the input device 120.

In other embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may also be disposed within housing 180 of wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for implementing PPG detection of each of the above embodiments is described in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A provided in the embodiment of the present application is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 94 and 95.

In embodiments where the PPG sensor 130A is disposed on the head 121 of the input device 120, the PPG sensor 130A may obtain an electrical signal from the reflected/refracted light signal from the head 121 to acquire the heart rate in case the wearable device 100 detects that the input device 120 is operated.

In some embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may derive a heart rate from the detected light signal. In other embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may send a detected light signal to processor 110 to obtain a heart rate through processor 110.

By way of example, the detection by the wearable device 100 that the input device 120 is operated may be understood as the detection by the wearable device 100 that the input device 120 is rotated, pressed, moved, etc.

The wearable device 100 may detect whether the input device 120 is operated by a corresponding detection unit, which may be a PPG detection unit that is already set or a corresponding detection unit that is specially set, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

Fig. 94 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the application. Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A may be provided at the head 121 of the input device 120 is described with reference to fig. 94.

Referring to fig. 94, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a PPG sensor 130A. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 is disposed at one end of the stem 122, the head 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the head 121 accommodates the PPG sensor 130A. The PPG sensor 130A may be electrically connected with the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through the connector 200 to transmit the electrical signal converted from the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A to the processor 110 mounted on the first circuit board 111.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the PPG sensor 130A and the processor 110 may refer to the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23, and the fingerprint sensor 130C in the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the PPG sensor 130A, and the other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a fifth channel 810 for transmitting an optical signal, one end of the fifth channel 810 is located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected to the PPG sensor 130A so that the optical signal can be transmitted through the fifth channel 810.

The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific structure of the fifth channel 810.

Illustratively, the fifth channel 810 itself may not be transparent, so long as the fifth channel 810 may enable transmission of a corresponding optical signal through the fifth channel 810.

Illustratively, the fifth channel 810 itself may be transparent.

In this embodiment, as long as the fifth channel 810 can enable the optical signal sent or received by the PPG detection unit to be transmitted through the fifth channel 810.

In some embodiments, the fifth channel 810 is made of a transparent material.

In one possible implementation, only the fifth channel 810 in the head 121 is made of transparent material.

In another implementation, the head 121 may be made of a transparent material.

In some embodiments, the fifth channel 810 may be provided on the head 121.

In other embodiments, the fifth channel 810 may be provided on the head 121 and the cover plate 1211.

The outer surface of the head 121 includes an outer end surface 121-a and a side surface 121-B that are connected, the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 being parallel or approximately parallel to the side surface 180-a of the housing 180, the side surface 121-B of the head 121 being a surface in the circumferential direction of the head 121.

In some embodiments, a fifth channel 810 extends from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 (as shown in fig. 94).

In other embodiments, the fifth channel 810 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 (as shown in FIG. 95).

In an embodiment in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed on the head 121 of the input device 120, when the wearable device 100 detects a first operation of turning on the physiological parameter measurement of the user, the optical signal transmitted by the optical transmitting unit of the PPG sensor 130A may be transmitted to the finger of the user through the fifth channel 810, and the optical receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A may receive the optical signal reflected/refracted by the finger of the user through the fifth channel 810. In some embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may send a received light signal through connector 200 to processor 110 disposed on first circuit board 111 within the body, such that processor 110 obtains a heart rate from the light signal. In other embodiments, PPG sensor 130A may transmit the heart rate to processor 110 via connector 200 after acquiring the heart rate from the received light signal. The processor 110 thus provides the result of PPG detection via an output device such as the display 140 of the wearable device 100, depending on the heart rate.

In one implementation, the first operation may be a user operation of the input device 120.

By way of example, the user's operation of the input device 120 may include at least one of a user's operation to rotate the input device 120, a user's operation to move the input device 120, a user's operation to press the input device 120, a user's operation to touch the input device 120, a user's operation to double-click the input device 120, and a user's operation to press the input device 120 for a long time.

In another implementation, the first operation may be a user operation of a display screen, a camera, a microphone and a speaker, an ultrasonic sensor, a key connected to the wearable device 100.

The structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120 differs from the structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120 in that the PPG sensor 130A is housed in the stem 122 and the fifth channel 810 extends from the outer surface of the head 121 to the PPG sensor 130A. For a description of the structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the stem 122 of the input device 120, reference may be made to the description of the structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120, and the description is not repeated here. In the above, the structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to fig. 94 and 95. Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 96 and 97.

In embodiments where PPG sensor 130A is disposed in housing 180 of wearable device 100, PPG sensor 130A may obtain an electrical signal from the reflected/refracted light signal from head 121 to obtain a heart rate in the event that wearable device 100 detects that input device 120 is operated.

Fig. 96 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the application. Hereinafter, a structure in which the PPG sensor 130A is provided within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 is described with reference to fig. 96.

Referring to fig. 96, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a PPG sensor 130A. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the head 121 extending outwardly from the housing 180, the stem 122 being mounted in the mounting hole 181. The PPG sensor 130A is disposed within the housing 180 and adjacent one side of the inner end face 122-A of the stem 122. In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 is the side of the stem that is remote from the head 121 and is parallel or approximately parallel to the side 180-a of the housing 180.

In an embodiment of the present application, the side of the stem 122 that is proximate to the inner end surface 122-A of the stem 122 may be referred to as being on the side of the stem 122 that is distal from the head 121.

For ease of description, PPG sensor 130A is disposed within housing 180 and the side of stem 122 distal from head 121 is denoted PPG sensor 130A as being disposed within housing 180. The side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as the bottom of the stem 122.

In this embodiment, the input device 110 is provided with a sixth channel 820 in the axial direction of the stem 122.

The sixth channel 820 may be one or more. Hereinafter, description will be made taking an example in which the sixth channel is two channels. For example, as shown in fig. 96, the sixth channel 820 includes a channel 821 and a channel 822.

In some embodiments, in case that the body 101 further includes a cover plate 1211 fixed to an end of the head 121, a portion or all of the cover plate 1211 corresponding to the channels 821 and 822 is provided as a transparent region or window, and for convenience of description, the transparent region will be described below.

Wherein the channel 821 is used to transmit an optical signal emitted by an optical transmitting unit (e.g., LED) of the PPG sensor 130A to a site to be detected (e.g., a finger 30 as shown in fig. 96). The channel 822 is used for transmitting the optical signal sent by the optical sending unit to the optical receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A, where the optical signal is reflected by the portion to be detected.

The channels 821 and 822 may be tubular channels. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is a circular tube channel as an example.

In some embodiments, the material of the space region formed by the channel 821 and/or the material of the space region formed by the channel 822 may be a transparent material.

In other embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be penetrated through the input device 110 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, where the number of holes is equal to the sum of the number of channels 821 and the number of channels 822, each tubular object (for example, an optical fiber) is matched with each hole, and the optical signal sent by the optical sending unit in the PPG sensor 130A is led to the portion to be detected through the tubular object (for example, the optical fiber), and/or the reflected optical signal is led to the sending and receiving element in the PPG sensor 130A through the tubular object, so that interference between the sent optical signal and the received optical signal is avoided, and the accuracy of PPG detection is improved. The length of the tubular object in the axial direction of the shaft 122 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A and the bottom of the stem 122 of the input device 110 may be disposed opposite. So that PPG sensor 130A may better transmit optical signals through channels 821 and 822.

In some embodiments, a corresponding lens group may be disposed in the channel 821 and/or the channel 822 to better transmit the optical signal to a corresponding location, thereby improving the accuracy of PPG detection. The lens group may include a convex lens or a concave lens, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited in any way, wherein the specific description of the convex lens may refer to the description of fig. 30 of the embodiment of the wearable device capable of implementing the fingerprint recognition function, and the specific description of the concave lens may refer to the description of fig. 35 of the embodiment of the wearable device capable of implementing the fingerprint recognition function.

In some embodiments, the PPG sensor 130A described above may include one or more light transmitting units, and one or more light receiving units.

Wherein one optical transmission unit may correspond to one or more channels 821, or a plurality of optical transmission units may correspond to one or more channels 821.

Wherein one light receiving unit may correspond to one or more channels 822, or a plurality of light receiving units may correspond to one or more channels 822.

The channel 821 may be one or more.

The channels 822 may be one or more.

In some embodiments, on stem 122, channel 821 may be wrapped around channel 822.

In other embodiments, channel 822 may be surrounded by channel 821.

In still other embodiments, channels 821 and 822 may be randomly arranged.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 97, a schematic cross-sectional view of the stem 122 along the B-B direction in FIG. 96 is provided.

For example, as shown in fig. 97 (a), the passage 821 is one, the passage 822 is one, and the passage 822 surrounds the passage 821 on the lever portion 122.

As another example, as shown in fig. 97 (b), the number of the passages 821 is one, the number of the passages 822 is one, and the passages 821 are surrounded by the passages 822 on the lever portion 122.

As another example, as shown in fig. 97 (c), the number of channels 821 is one, the number of channels 822 is one, and the channels 821 and 822 are arranged at random on the lever portion 122.

As another example, as shown in fig. 97 (d), the number of passages 821 is one, the number of passages 822 is six, and six passages 822 are surrounded by the passages 821 on the lever portion 122.

As another example, as shown in fig. 97 (e), there are six channels 821, one channel 822, and six channels 821 are surrounded by the channels 822 on the lever portion 122.

As another example, as shown in fig. 97 (f), there are two channels 821 and five channels 822, and two channels 821 and five channels 822 are provided at random on the lever portion 122.

When the wearable device 100 detects the first operation of the user, the light transmitting unit in the PPG sensor 130A of the wearable device transmits a light detection signal, which is transmitted to the site to be detected through the channel 821, and the light detection signal is reflected or refracted in the site to be detected, and the partially reflected light detection signal is transmitted to the light receiving unit of the PPG sensor 130A through the channel 822. Because the light transmittance of the blood at the portion to be detected changes in the process of fluctuation, the optical signal detected by the PPG sensor 130A also changes, the PPG sensor 130A can convert the detected optical signal into an electrical signal, determine the heart rate corresponding to the electrical signal, complete the detection of the physical parameters (such as heart rate, blood oxygen, blood pressure, blood sugar, blood fat, hemoglobin or blood components) at the portion to be detected, and improve the user experience.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may include other PPG sensors in addition to the PPG sensor 130A in the input device 110.

For example, one or more PPG sensors may also be provided on the back of the wearable device 100. The PPG sensor 130A may detect the sign parameter of the portion to be detected 1 (e.g. a finger) of the user, and the PPG sensor disposed on the back of the wearable device 100 may detect the sign parameter of the portion to be detected 2 (e.g. a wrist) of the user, so as to obtain the sign parameters of different portions to be detected of the user, and combine the obtained sign parameters of different portions to be detected of the user, thereby improving the PPG detection accuracy of the wearable device 100. Further, according to the obtained physical sign parameters of different parts to be detected of the user, other physical sign parameters of the user, such as parameters of blood pressure, arm length and the like, can be calculated, so that user experience is improved.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may further include an infrared light transmitting unit 830 and an infrared light channel 831 to implement a function of improving a signal of a portion to be measured. The infrared light signal sent by the infrared light sending unit 830 is transmitted to the part to be detected through the infrared light channel 831 and the transparent area in the cover plate respectively. Therefore, the part to be detected can absorb the energy radiated by the infrared light signal, the signal quality of the skin and blood vessels of the user is improved, and the quality of PPG detection of the wearable device 100 is further improved.

It should be noted that the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously realize at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 4 to 45, the rotation or movement function of the recognition input device of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 46 to 68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 94 to 97, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as described below with reference to fig. 104 to 110, the ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 as described below with reference to fig. 111 to 118, and the body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 as described below with reference to fig. 119 to 123 when realizing the function of improving the signal of the portion to be measured.

In an example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 98, 99, a fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, optionally a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, and the fingerprint recognition function may be implemented with reference to the various embodiments described above with respect to fig. 4-45.

In another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 98, 99, for example, the camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally the head 121 may further be disposed with a reflecting device 710, optionally the input device 120 may further be disposed with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may further be disposed with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 98, 99, a PPG sensor 130A may be provided within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally a connector 200 may also be provided within the stem 122, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 98, 99, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, for gas detection functions with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 104-110.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 98, 99, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, implementing ambient light detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described below with respect to fig. 111-118.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 98, 99, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing a body temperature detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 119-123.

In some embodiments, infrared light tunnel 831 extends from outer end surface 121-A of head 121 to infrared light transmitting unit 830. In other embodiments, infrared light tunnel 831 extends from side 121-B of head 121 to infrared light transmitting unit 830.

Wherein the infrared light channel 831 may be a tubular channel. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is a circular tube channel as an example.

Alternatively, the above-described infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be one or more.

Alternatively, the infrared light tunnel 831 may be one or more.

Alternatively, the infrared light channel 831 may be the channel 821 described above, or the infrared light channel 831 may be the same channel as the channel 822 described above.

Alternatively, the material of the space region formed by the above-described infrared light tunnel 831 may be a transparent material. Or a hole is formed through the input device 110 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, and a tubular object (e.g., an optical fiber) is engaged with the hole, so that the infrared light signal transmitted by the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is guided to the portion to be detected by the tubular object, thereby avoiding the interference of the transmitted infrared light signal.

Alternatively, the light source of the above-described infrared light unit 810 may be provided as one or more of a near infrared light source, a mid infrared light source, and a far infrared light source. Wherein, the heat radiated by the infrared light source, the mid-infrared light source and/or the far-infrared light source is easily absorbed by human body.

Alternatively, the above-described infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be provided in the PPG sensor 130A, or the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be provided separately.

Hereinafter, the wearable device 100 including the infrared light transmitting unit 830 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 98 and 99.

In some embodiments, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed within the housing 180 on a side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121. For convenience of description, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed within the housing 180 and a side of the lever 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as an infrared light transmitting unit 830 disposed within the housing 180. The side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as the bottom of the stem 122.

In one implementation, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed opposite the bottom of the stem 122. That is, the light emitted from the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be directly transmitted to the portion to be detected through the infrared light channel 831. For example, a wearable device 100 as shown in fig. 98.

In another implementation, as in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 99, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed offset from the bottom of the stem 122. That is, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 needs to use other components, so that the light emitted by the infrared light transmitting unit 830 can be transmitted to the portion to be detected through the infrared light channel 831. For example, the position of the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is different with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 98, the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 99, and the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 99 further includes other components, namely, a filter 820.

Specifically, as shown in fig. 99, the filter 840 may transmit a part or all of the infrared light signal transmitted by the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to the infrared light channel 831 in the shaft 122. The filter 840 may also be referred to as a reflector.

In case the first parameter satisfies the first preset condition, the processor 110 may control the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to emit an infrared light signal. The first parameter may be an external ambient temperature, PPG signal quality, an Alternating Current (AC) value of the PPG signal, and/or a temperature of the subject to be measured, etc.

The first preset condition is that the first parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value. The first parameter meeting the first preset condition is understood to be that the first parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value corresponding to the first parameter.

Under the condition that the first parameter meets the first preset condition, the processor 110 may control the infrared light transmitting unit 830 to transmit an infrared light signal, and the infrared light signal transmitted from the infrared light transmitting unit 830 may be transmitted to the portion to be detected through the infrared light channel 831 and the transparent area of the cover plate, so that the cover plate and the portion to be detected absorb the energy radiated by the infrared light signal, and the signal quality of the skin and the blood vessel of the user is improved, so that the quality of PPG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In still other embodiments, the infrared light transmitting unit 830 is disposed within the stem 122 or within the head 121.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 further comprises an Electrocardiogram (ECG) ECG detection unit 840. Wherein the ECG may reflect the health status of the user, e.g. the ECG may reflect a disease of the heart (such as arrhythmia) or the like.

A set of electrodes (simply referred to as an electrode set) may be disposed on the wearable device 100, for example, the electrode set may include an electrode 850A and an electrode 850B. In some embodiments, the electrodes of the electrode set may be disposed on one surface of the wearable device 100. In other embodiments, the electrodes in the electrode set may be disposed on different surfaces of the wearable device 100, and the electrodes disposed on different surfaces of the wearable device 100 may facilitate a user contacting different body parts with different electrodes.

For example, as shown in fig. 100, the electrode set may include a first electrode 850A disposed on an upper surface 1401 of the wearable device 100 and a second electrode 850B disposed on a side 180-a of the housing 180 of the wearable device 100. The user may contact a body part with one or more electrodes (such as first electrode 850A) on wearable device 100 and touch other body parts to another one or more electrodes (such as second electrode 850B). The first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B may detect human body electrical signals, and the processor 110 in the wearable device 100 or the processor 110 in another device (such as a cell phone) connected to the wearable device 100 may determine a physiological parameter of the user, such as an Electrocardiogram (ECG) of the user, based on the electrical signals detected by the first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B. In some embodiments, the electrode set may also include more electrodes, such as a third electrode in addition to the first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B. The third electrode may be disposed on a different surface than the first electrode and the second electrode, such as the third electrode disposed on a surface opposite the upper surface 1401, i.e., the lower surface, or the third electrode and the first electrode 850A may be disposed at a different location on the upper surface 1401, or the third electrode and the second electrode 850B may be disposed at a different location on the side 180-a.

The electrode set may include a first electrode 850A disposed on a lower surface and a second electrode 850B disposed on the input device 120. In some embodiments, the second electrode 850B may be disposed on the outer face 121-A of the input device 120 or on the side 121-B of the input device 120. The inner end surface opposite the outer end surface 121-a is the surface that contacts the side 180-a of the wearable device 100. The input device 120 may be formed of conductive material or have a conductive surface. The conductive portion of the input device 120 may be connected to a conductive shaft 122 (e.g., a rotatable shaft), the shaft 122 extending into the interior of the housing through an opening in the housing. Electrode 850B may be connected to other components within (e.g., processor 110) via conductive portions of input device 120 and shaft 122. In some embodiments, a processor (e.g., processor 110) of wearable device 100 may be used to determine a physiological parameter of a user based on electrical signals detected at various electrodes (e.g., at electrodes 850A, 850B). In some embodiments, the physiological parameter may include the user's ECG.

For example, taking the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 101 as an example, the outer surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the wearable device 100 may have a first electrode 850A, and the input device 120 may have a second electrode 850B thereon, and the user securing the wearable device 100 to their wrist may bring the first electrode 850A into contact with the skin on the user's wrist. To acquire the ECG, the user may touch the second electrode 850B on the input device 120 with a finger on their other hand. In other embodiments, more electrodes are provided on the wearable device 100, such as including a third electrode in addition to the first electrode 850A and the second electrode 850B, such as a third electrode may be provided on the upper surface 1401 of the wearable device 100. In this case, the wearable device 100 may obtain an ECG through the first electrical signal detected by the first electrode and the second electrical signal detected by the second electrode in case that the user is in contact with the first electrode and the second electrode, or the wearable device 100 may obtain an ECG through the first electrical signal detected by the first electrode, the second electrical signal detected by the second electrode, and the third electrical signal detected by the third electrode in case that the user is in contact with all of the first electrode, the second electrode, and the third electrode.

In some embodiments, at least one electrode (e.g., electrode 850A, electrode 850B) of the electrode set of the ECG detection unit of the wearable device 100 may also be provided with a raised portion 851 near the side of the user's skin. When the user performs ECG detection, the quality of the electrical signal collected by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex portion 851 is better, thereby improving the accuracy of the ECG detection of the wearable device 100.

The structure of the ECG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 102 and 103.

Fig. 102 is a schematic diagram of an ECG electrode 850 according to an embodiment of the present application. For example, the electrode may be the first electrode 850A, the second electrode 850B, or the third electrode as shown in fig. 100 and fig. 101 (as shown in fig. 100 and fig. 101 is not shown).

Hereinafter, this electrode is described as an example of the first electrode 850A.

A convex portion 851 is provided at a side of the first electrode 850A near the outer surface of the user. The convex portion 851 adopts a smooth surface and has hydrophilic characteristics. The planar portion 852 of the first electrode 850A proximate the outer surface of the user has hydrophobic properties.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 102, the height h of the bump portion 851 may be in the range of 10-200 μm.

Alternatively, as shown in fig. 102, the maximum span d of the convex portion 851 along the planar portion 852 of the first electrode 850A may be 10-200 μm.

Alternatively, the convex portion 851 may be one or more. Where there are a plurality of protruding portions 851, the plurality of protruding portions 851 may be disposed at equal intervals, or may be disposed randomly among the plurality of protruding portions 851, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the convex portion 851 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the convex portion 851 is a partial sphere.

By the first electrode 850A having the convex portion 851, in the case that the skin contacts the first electrode 850A, the contact area between the first electrode 850A and the skin is increased, the quality of the electrical signal collected by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex portion 851 is better, and the accuracy of the ECG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

Through the above-mentioned protruding portion 851 with hydrophilic characteristic, be favorable to the moisture condensation in the environment, when moisture accumulates to a certain extent, can form big drop of water, when the diameter of big drop of water is greater than the circumstances of protruding portion 851's maximum span, can diffuse or scatter through the hydrophobic surface of gap, both guaranteed the moisture condensation on protruding portion 851, avoided the water droplet too big again, and then can lock the moisture in the environment at the surface of first electrode 850A, the surface of first electrode 850A can keep moist like this, reduce the impedance between first electrode 850A and the skin, make polarized first electrode 850A more stable. So that the quality of the electric signal collected by the wearable device 100 through the electrode provided with the convex portion 851 is better, and the accuracy of the ECG detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In some embodiments, as shown in fig. 103, a temperature control device 860 may be further disposed on the side of the first electrode 850A provided near the input device 120, where the temperature control device 860 includes a cooling sheet 861 and/or an electrothermal sheet 862. Wherein, the cooling plate 861 is used for reducing the temperature of the first electrode 850A, and the electric heating plate 862 is used for raising the temperature of the first electrode 850A. The temperature control device 860 can be connected with a temperature control circuit board, and can realize temperature reduction through the refrigerating chip 861 and temperature rise through the electric heating chip 862 under the condition that a circuit on the temperature control circuit board works.

The cooling fin 861 may be a thermoelectric cooling fin, for example, a semiconductor cooling fin.

Alternatively, the cooling sheet 861 and the electrothermal sheet 862 in the above-described temperature control device 860 may be two sheets or one sheet.

And when the second parameter is detected to meet the second preset condition, the temperature control device is controlled to be electrified 860, so that the temperature of the ECG electrode 850 is raised. The second parameter may include at least one of an ambient temperature, an ambient humidity, an ECG signal quality, and an AC value of the ECG signal.

The second preset condition is that the second parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value. The second parameter meeting the second preset condition is understood to mean that the second parameter is smaller than or equal to a preset value corresponding to the second parameter. For example, in an embodiment in which the temperature control device 860 includes an electric heat pad 862, in case it is detected that the second parameter satisfies the second preset condition, the electric heat pad 862 is controlled to be energized, thereby raising the temperature of the first electrode 850A.

In case it is detected that the second parameter does not meet the second preset condition, the temperature control device 860 is controlled to be energized, thereby lowering the temperature of the ECG electrode 850.

Wherein, the second parameter does not satisfy the second preset condition is understood as that the second parameter is larger than a preset value corresponding to the second parameter.

For example, in an embodiment in which the temperature control device 860 comprises a cooling fin 861, in case it is detected that the second parameter does not meet the second preset condition, the cooling fin 861 is controlled to be energized, thereby reducing the temperature of the first electrode 850A.

In case the wearable device 100 detects that the second parameter does not meet the second preset condition, the ECG electrode 850 can be kept at a low temperature continuously by the cooling chip 861 in the temperature control device 860 arranged at the side of the electrode set away from the user, which is easier for the moisture in the environment to condense. Under the condition that the wearable device 100 detects that the second parameter meets the second preset condition, the electrode can be heated by the electric heating sheet 862 in the temperature control device 860 arranged on the side, far away from the user, of the electrode in the electrode group, so that the impedance between the skin and the electrode is reduced, the quality of the electric signal acquired by the wearable device 100 is better, and the ECG detection precision of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In other embodiments, a temperature control device 860 may also be provided on the side of the other ECG electrodes 850 of the wearable device 100 that is close to the user. The structure of the other ECG electrode 850 may be that of an existing ECG electrode 850. At this time, the temperature control device 860 may change the temperature of the other ECG electrodes 850 by referring to the above description, and will not be repeated here.

It should be noted that, when implementing the ECG detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 102 to 103, at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 4 to 45, the rotation or movement function of the identification input device of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 46 to 68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 69 to 93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 94 to 97, the signal improvement function of the wearable device 100 to be detected as described in fig. 98 to 99, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 104 to 110, the ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 111 to 118, and the body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 as described in fig. 119 to 123 may be simultaneously implemented. In an example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 102-103, for example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally, a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally, a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, for example, to implement the fingerprint recognition function described with reference to the various embodiments of fig. 4-45 above.

In another example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 102 to 103, for example, the camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the head 121 may further be disposed with a reflecting device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may further be disposed with a channel, optionally, the lever 122 may further be disposed with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 102-103, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 102 to 103, for example, the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with an infrared light transmitting unit 830, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the lever 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to 99 above achieve a function of improving the signal of the site to be measured.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 102-103, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, for gas detection functions with reference to the various embodiments described below with respect to fig. 104-110.

In yet another example, in embodiments such as shown in fig. 102-103, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, implementing ambient light detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described below with respect to fig. 111-118.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 102-103, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing a body temperature detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 119-123.

The structure of the ECG detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to fig. 102 and 103.

Hereinafter, a structure of a gas detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 to 110.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed in relation to the components associated with the gas detection unit installed within the input device 120. The wearable device 100 can detect the gas type and concentration through the gas detection unit.

In an embodiment of the present application, the gas sensor 130I is located in two positions on the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the input device 120. In other embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for achieving gas detection of each of the above embodiments is described in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 and 108.

In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 104 and 105.

Fig. 104 and 105 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, respectively.

Referring to fig. 104 and 105, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a gas sensor 130I. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extends outward from the housing 180, and the head 121 houses the gas sensor 130I. The gas sensor 130I may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through the connector 200 to transmit the result obtained by the gas sensor 130I to the processor 110.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the gas sensor 130I and the processor 110 may refer to the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23, and the fingerprint sensor 130C in the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the gas sensor 130I, and the other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with a gas hole 910 for transmitting gas, one end of the gas hole 910 is located at the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected to the gas sensor 130I so as to be able to transmit gas between the gas hole 910 and the gas sensor 130I.

In the embodiment of the present application, the air hole 910 may be ensured to realize the ventilation of air.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 104 (a), the air holes 910 extend from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121, and then from the interior of the head 121 to the side surfaces 121-B of the head 121.

In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 105 (a), the air hole 910 extends through the side 121-B of the head 121.

The distance between the plurality of air holes 910 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The type of the gas sensor 130I is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor in which an electric reaction occurs between a gas-sensitive material and molecules of a gas to be detected that enters the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I, and the gas sensor 130I detects the type and/or concentration of the gas based on a change in voltage, current, resistance, or the like.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be a solid electrolyte gas sensor, in which ions are generated mainly by a gas-sensitive material under different gas (the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I) environments, and a potential difference is formed by migration and conduction of the ions, so that the gas sensor 130I detects the kind and/or concentration of the gas.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be an optical gas sensor, mainly using the principle that different gases (the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I) have different absorption spectra, for example, by emitting laser light to the detected gas through the gas hole 910, some gases absorb light with a specific wavelength, so that the intensity of the reflected laser light is reduced, and the gas sensor 130I can detect the type and/or concentration of the gas.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the gas detection unit processes the gas detection unit to obtain a processed result, and the processed result is transmitted to the processor 110 through the connection wire and the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to a user through an output device (such as a screen) of the wearable device 100.

For example, the parameter information related to the gas may include a concentration of the gas, a kind of the gas, and the like.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110 through the connection line and the connector 200, the processor 110 obtains a detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to a user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in the intensity of the optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and so forth.

By providing a gas detection unit in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, a detection function of the wearable device 100 for gas is achieved, and space within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved. In addition, the gas flows only outside the housing 180, which is advantageous for the waterproof design inside the housing 180.

In other embodiments, the gas sensor 130I may be disposed on the stem 122 of the input device 120.

The structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 104 and 105. Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas sensor 130I is provided in the lever portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 106 to 108.

Fig. 106 and 107 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, respectively.

Referring to fig. 106 and 107, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a gas sensor 130I. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the stem 122 houses the gas sensor 130I, with the head 121 overhanging the housing 180. The gas sensor 130I is soldered to a connector 200 provided at the bottom of the stem 122 of the input device 120, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to a first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 to transmit the result obtained by the gas sensor 130I to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, a seventh passage 940 for transmitting gas and a gas hole 910 communicating with the seventh passage 940 are provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the stem 122 to enable transmission of gas among the gas hole 910, the seventh passage 940 and the gas sensor 130I.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the gas sensor 130I and the processor 110 may refer to the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the gas sensor 130I, and the other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In the embodiment of the present application, the air hole 910 and the seventh channel 940 may be connected to each other, so as to realize the ventilation of air.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head 121 are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 106 (a), the air hole 910 extends from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and then extends from the inside of the head 121 to the side surface 121-B of the head 121.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 107 (a), the air hole 910 extends through the side 121-B of the head 121.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor, in which an electrical reaction occurs between a gas-sensitive material and molecules of a detected gas that enters the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I, and the gas sensor 130I detects the type and/or concentration of the gas according to a change in voltage, current, resistance, or the like.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be a solid electrolyte gas sensor, in which ions are mainly generated by a gas-sensitive material under different environments of the gas (the detected gas entering the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I), and a potential difference is formed by migration and conduction of the ions, so that the gas sensor 130I detects parameter information related to the gas.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be an optical gas sensor, where the seventh channel 940 is also used for transmitting light, and a first reflecting structure 950 is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120, and the first reflecting structure 950 is used for absorbing the laser light emitted from the gas sensor 130I through the seventh channel 940 after the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 is absorbed, and then reflecting the laser light to the gas sensor 130I along the seventh channel 940. For example, as shown in fig. 106 (b) and 107 (b), the gas sensor 130I emits laser light to the measured gas entering the gas hole 910 through the seventh channel 940, and some gases absorb light of a specific wavelength by using the principle that different gas substances have different absorption spectrums, so that the intensity of the laser light reflected by the first reflecting structure 950 is reduced, and thus the gas sensor 130I can detect parameter information related to the gas.

In some embodiments, where the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the wearable device further comprises a lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940, the lens group comprising at least one lens for converging the optical signal received by the gas sensor 130I.

The number of lenses included in the lens group provided in the seventh channel 940 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the kind of lenses included in the lens group provided in the seventh channel 940. The lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, or the like, for example.

The position of the lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In one embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the stem 122 of the input device 120. In another embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the seventh channel 940 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120. In yet another embodiment, where the lens group includes a plurality of lenses, a portion of the lenses are disposed in the seventh channel 940 at positions corresponding to the stem 122 of the input device 120, and the remaining portion of the lenses are disposed in the seventh channel 940 at positions corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes the gas detection, the gas detection unit processes the gas detection unit to obtain a processed result, and the processed result is transmitted to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to a user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110 through the connector 200, the processor 110 obtains a detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to a user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in the intensity of the optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and so forth.

The structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 104 and 108. Hereinafter, a structure in which the gas detection unit is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 109 and 110.

Fig. 109 to 110 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application, respectively.

Referring to fig. 109-110, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, a gas sensor 130I. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 being mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extending outwardly from the housing 180. The gas sensor 130I is disposed within the housing 180 and adjacent one side of the inner end surface 122-A of the stem 122. The gas sensor 130I may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the case 180.

For ease of description, the gas sensor 130I is disposed within the housing 180 and the side of the stem 122 distal from the head 121 is referred to as the gas sensor 130I disposed within the housing 180. The side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as the bottom of the stem 122.

In this embodiment, a seventh passage 940 is provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the stem 122, and a vent 910 communicates with the seventh passage 940 to enable gas to be transmitted between the vent 910, the seventh passage 940, and the gas sensor 130I.

It should be appreciated that one seventh channel 940 may be provided within the stem 122, or a plurality of seventh channels 940 may be provided. In embodiments including a plurality of seventh channels 940 within the stem 122, in an example, a portion of the seventh channels 940 of the plurality of seventh channels 940 may be used to transmit gas to the gas sensor 130I, another portion of the seventh channels 940 of the plurality of seventh channels 940 may be used to transmit gas from the seventh channels 940 to the outside, and a detailed description of the plurality of seventh channels 940 of this example may be referred to above in connection with fig. 97 of an embodiment of a wearable device that may implement PPG detection functionality, and will not be repeated. In another example, each seventh channel 940 of the plurality of seventh channels 940 is not only used for transporting gas to the gas sensor 130I, but also for transporting gas from the seventh channel 940 to the outside.

In the embodiment of the present application, it is only necessary to ensure that the air hole 910 and the seventh channel 940 can be in communication with each other.

The number of the air holes 910 and the positions of the air holes 910 on the head 121 are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 109 (a), the air hole 910 extends from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and then extends from the inside of the head 121 to the side surface 121-B of the head 121. Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 110 (a), the air hole 910 extends through the side 121-B of the head 121.

In some embodiments, the gas sensor 130I and the bottom of the stem 122 of the input device 110 may be disposed opposite. Thus, the gas sensor 130I can better transmit gas through the seventh channel 940 and the gas hole 910.

In some embodiments, an oleophobic dust membrane 930 may be provided between the gas sensor 130I and the bottom 122 of the stem 122. The oleophobic dustproof membrane 930 is a membrane with waterproof and breathable functions, which can waterproof and protect the elements of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 109 and (b) in fig. 110, is a wearable device 100 provided with an oleophobic dust-proof film 930.

For example, the gas sensor 130I may be a semiconductor sensor, which is mainly an electric reaction between a gas-sensitive material and a detected gas molecule that enters the seventh channel 940 through the gas hole 910 to reach the gas sensor 130I, and the gas sensor 130I detects parameter information related to the gas according to a change in voltage, current, resistance, or the like.

For another example, the gas sensor 130I may be an optical gas sensor, where the seventh channel 940 is also used for transmitting light, and a first reflecting structure 950 is disposed in the head 121 of the input device 120, and the first reflecting structure 950 is used for absorbing the laser light emitted from the gas sensor 130I through the seventh channel 940 after the detected gas entering the gas hole 910 is absorbed, and then reflecting the laser light to the gas sensor 130I along the seventh channel 940. For example, as shown in fig. 109 (c) and fig. 110 (c), the gas sensor 130I emits laser light to the measured gas entering the gas hole 910 through the seventh channel 940, and some gases absorb light of a specific wavelength by using the principle that different gas substances have different absorption spectrums, so that the intensity of the laser light reflected by the first reflecting structure 950 is reduced, and thus the gas sensor 130I can detect parameter information related to the gas.

In some embodiments, where the gas sensor 130I is an optical gas sensor, the wearable device further comprises a lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940, the lens group comprising at least one lens for converging the optical signal received by the gas sensor 130I. For a description of the lens group, reference may be made to an embodiment in which the gas sensor 130I is disposed in the stem 122, and a description of the lens group disposed in the seventh channel 940 will not be repeated herein.

In some embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes gas detection, the gas detection unit may process the data by itself, and transmit the processed data to the processor 110, where the processor 110 presents information of the gas detected by the gas detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100. The processed data may be, for example, parameter information related to the gas.

In other embodiments, after the gas detection unit completes gas detection, the data to be processed is directly transmitted to the processor 110, the processor 110 obtains a detection result according to the data to be processed, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the gas detected by the gas detection unit to a user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device. Illustratively, the data to be processed may be a change in the intensity of the optical signal detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the voltage detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the current detected by the gas sensor 130I, a change in the impedance detected by the gas sensor 130I, and so forth.

Whether the gas detecting unit is provided in the input device 120 or the housing 180, the shape of the air hole 910 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the air holes 910 may be circular holes. For another example, the air hole 910 may be a polygonal hole.

In some embodiments, the pore size of the pores 910 ranges from 1.5mm to 2.5mm.

Whether the above-described gas detection unit is provided in the input device 120 or the housing 180, the head 121 of the wearable device 100 may further include an air pump 920, and the air pump 920 may cause the gas entering the air hole 910 of the head 121 to flow in a preset path.

In some embodiments, the air pump 920 may be disposed within the head 121.

In one implementation, the air pump 920 may be integral with the air sensor 130I and disposed within the head 121.

For example, with the wearable electronic device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 104, the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in (b) in fig. 104.

As another example, with the wearable apparatus 100 described in (a) in fig. 105, the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in (b) in fig. 105.

In another implementation, the air pump 920 may be provided separately within the head 121.

For example, with the wearable apparatus 100 shown in (a) in fig. 104, the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in (c) in fig. 104.

As another example, with the wearable apparatus 100 described in (a) in fig. 105, the setting position of the air pump 920 is as shown in (c) in fig. 105.

In other embodiments, the air pump 920 may be disposed within the housing 180.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 108, the air pump 920 further includes an air nozzle 921, through which the air pump 920 can perform air suction and air discharge.

In an embodiment where the inner tube 250 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111, the air cap 921 interfaces with the inner tube 250.

When the air pump 920 needs to exhaust, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the air pump 920 into the seventh passage 940 through the air tap 921 and the inner tube 250, respectively. When the air pump 920 needs to pump air, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the transmission passage 1223 into the air pump 920 through the inner tube 250 and the air tap 921, respectively.

In some embodiments, the interface of the air cap 921 and the inner tube 250 may be sealed with a rubber gasket.

In an embodiment where outer tube 240 and first circuit board 111 are electrically connected, air tap 921 interfaces with outer tube body 241.

In some embodiments, the interface of the air cap 921 and the outer tube body 241 may be sealed with a rubber gasket.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may periodically control the air pump 920 to pump and exhaust air.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may control the air pump 920 to pump air before the air detection unit is ready for air detection.

The air pump 920 firstly pumps out the air in the input device 121, and then performs the air detection, so that the accuracy of the air detection can be improved.

When the air pump 920 needs to exhaust, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the air pump 920 into the seventh passage 940 through the air tap 921 and the outer pipe body 241, respectively. When the air pump 920 needs to pump air, the air pump 920 inputs the air in the transfer passage 1223 into the air pump 920 through the outer tube body 241 and the air tap 921, respectively.

In one implementation, the aperture of the air hole 910 is smaller in embodiments where the head 121 includes an air pump 920 than in embodiments where the head 121 does not include an air pump 920.

By providing the gas detection unit in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, a detection function of the wearable device 100 on gas is achieved, wired connection between a device in the input device 120 and a device in the housing 180 (for example, a device on a motherboard) can be reduced, and reliability of the wearable device 100, particularly reliability of the wearable device 100 when the input device 120 rotates, is improved.

In another implementation, in the case where the wearable device 100 detects that the air hole 910 is blocked, the wearable device 100 may alert the user by voice, vibration, or displaying corresponding contents on the screen of the wearable device 100, and keep the air in or out of the air hole 910.

It should be noted that the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously realize at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 4 to 45, the rotation or movement recognition function of the input device of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 46 to 68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 94 to 97, the signal improvement function of the portion to be detected of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 98 to 99, the ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with reference to fig. 102 to 103, and the body temperature detection function of the wearable device 100 as described below with reference to fig. 119 to 123 when realizing the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as completed as described above with reference to fig. 104 to 110.

In an example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 104-110, for example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally, a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally, a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, for example, to implement the fingerprint recognition function described with reference to the various embodiments of fig. 4-45 above.

In another example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 104 to 110, for example, the camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the head 121 may further be disposed with a reflecting device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may further be disposed with a channel, optionally, the lever 122 may further be disposed with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 104-110, for example, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described above in fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown, for example, in fig. 104-110, a set of electrode sets may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 or the outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 104-110, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing a body temperature detection function with reference to the various embodiments described below with reference to fig. 119-123.

The structure of the ambient light detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to fig. 111 to 118.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed in relation to the components associated with the ambient light detection unit installed within the input device 120. For example, the wearable device 100 may implement detection of light intensity of an external environment or determination of the external environment in which the wearable device 100 is located by the ambient light detection unit.

In an embodiment of the present application, there are two types of ambient light sensors 130F in the location of the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within input device 120. In other embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

The structural design of the wearable device 100 for realizing the ambient light detection of each of the above embodiments is described in detail below.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light detection unit can be provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 111 and 115.

In some embodiments, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 111 and 112.

Fig. 111 and 112 are schematic cross-sectional views of a partial region of the wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, respectively.

Referring to fig. 111 and 112, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, an ambient light sensor 130F. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the head 121 houses an ambient light sensor 130F. The ambient light sensor 130F may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through a connection wire (for example, the connection wire may be a cable) and the connector 200 to transmit the result obtained by the ambient light sensor 130F to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with an eighth channel 1010 for transmitting optical signals, one end of the eighth channel 1010 being located on the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end being connected to the ambient light sensor 130F to enable transmission of optical signals between the eighth channel 1010 and the ambient light sensor 130F.

In this embodiment, as long as the eighth channel 1010 can allow ambient light to be transmitted through the eighth channel 1010.

The position, shape, and size of the eighth channel 1010 are not limited in this embodiment.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 111, an eighth channel 1010 extends from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121.

In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 112, eighth channel 1010 extends from side 121-B of head 121 to the interior of head 121.

In some embodiments, the ambient light detection unit collects, through the eighth channel 1010, an optical signal of an environment where the wearable device 100 is located, processes the collected optical signal, transmits a processed result to the connector 200 through a connection line, and then the connector 200 transmits the processed result of the ambient light detection unit to the processor 110, and the processor 110 presents, through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100, parameter information related to ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to a user.

Illustratively, the parameter information related to the ambient light may include a light intensity of an environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, a coefficient of ultraviolet rays of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, and the like.

In other implementations, the ambient light detection unit collects an optical signal of an environment where the wearable device 100 is located through the eighth channel 1010, and transmits the collected optical signal to the connector 200 through a connection wire, so that the connector 200 sends the optical signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to the processor 110, and the processor 110 processes the optical signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and presents parameter information related to ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to a user through an output device (e.g., a screen) of the wearable device 100.

By setting the ambient light detection unit in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, an ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 on the environment where the wearable device 100 is located is achieved, space in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, and the accuracy of ambient light detection of the wearable device 100 is improved.

In other embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed at the stem 122 of the input device 120.

The structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 111 and 112. Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided at the lever portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 113 to 115.

Fig. 113 to 115 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, respectively.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 113 can realize reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 113.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 114 can realize reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 114.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 in fig. 114 and 115 may enable reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 113.

Referring to fig. 113 to 115, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the stem 122 houses an ambient light sensor 130F, the head 121 overhanging the housing 180. The ambient light sensor 130F and the connector 200 provided at the bottom of the lever 122 of the input device 120 are soldered together, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180 to transmit the result obtained by the ambient light sensor 130F to the processor 110.

In this embodiment, a ninth passage 1020 is provided in the input device 120 in the axial direction of the stem 122, an eighth passage 1010 communicating with the ninth passage 1020 is provided on the outer surface of the head 121, and a second reflecting structure 1030 is provided on the head 121. The second reflecting structure 1030 is configured to reflect light entering the eighth channel 1010 and transmit the reflected light to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the ambient light sensor 130F and the processor 110 may refer to the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23, where the difference is that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced by the ambient light sensor 130F, and other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

Wherein the eighth channel 1010 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

In some embodiments, an eighth channel 1010 extends from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the interior of the head 121 and then from the interior of the head 121 to the side surface 121-B of the head 121.

In other embodiments, eighth channel 1010 extends through side 121-B of head 121.

Wherein the ninth channel 1020 may be a tubular channel. For example, the tubular passage may be a round tube passage, a square tube passage, or the like. In the embodiments of the present application, the tubular channel is a circular tube channel as an example.

In some embodiments, the material of the space region formed by the ninth channel 1020 may be a transparent material.

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also extend through the input device 120 along the axial direction of the shaft 122, where the number of holes is equal to the number of ninth channels 1020, each of the holes is matched with each of the tubular objects (e.g., optical fibers), and the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the tubular objects (e.g., optical fibers).

The light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 changes the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, and thus, the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located can be restored as much as possible through calculation and calibration.

Specifically, it is obtained according to the following formula (1) that when S1> S2, the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is enhanced, and when S1< S2, the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is reduced, P1> P2.

Therefore, to facilitate detection of ambient light, it is preferable that S1> S2, that is, the light receiving area of the eighth channel 1010 is set to be larger than the area of the light receiving area of the ambient light sensor 130F.

Where P1 is the average light power per unit area of the ambient light where the wearable device 100 is located, S1 is the light receiving area of the eighth channel 1010, P2 is the average light power received per unit area of the ambient light sensor 130F, and S2 is the area of the light receiving area of the ambient light sensor 130F.

The formula (1) does not take into account the loss of light during transmission.

The second reflective structure 1030 of embodiments of the present application can have a variety of structures.

In some embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 may be the reflective device 710 shown in fig. 76-77 in the above embodiments of the wearable apparatus that may implement the photographing function, i.e., the second reflective structure 1030 may be transparent, may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, and may have a reflective surface (e.g., reflective surface 711 in the above reflective device 710) at one end of the head 121 in the second reflective structure 1030, through which light may enter the head 121 and be reflected to the ambient light sensor 130F. For a specific description of the reflecting device 710, reference may be made to the above related description, and no description is repeated, but the above camera 600 of the wearable apparatus is merely required to be replaced by the ambient light sensor 130F. In other embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 may be the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 in the embodiment of the wearable apparatus capable of implementing the photographing function, and the detailed description may refer to the related description above and will not be repeated.

In still other embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror.

In other embodiments, the reflective structure comprises a curved mirror, wherein the curved mirror comprises a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror.

In still other embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 includes a planar mirror and a curved mirror.

The number of mirrors included in the second reflective structure 1030 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In an ideal case, the area of the planar mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010.

Hereinafter, two examples of the second reflecting structure 1030 provided in fig. 113 to 114 are described in detail as a curved mirror.

In one embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 includes a mirror having a curvature, which may be a convex mirror or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 113, the second reflective structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having a curvature.

In another embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 is a mirror having a plurality of curvatures. The mirror may be a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 114, the second reflecting structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having one curvature and a concave mirror having one curvature, as shown in fig. 114.

The convex mirror may be a spherical convex mirror or an ellipsoidal convex mirror, for example.

The mirror curvature ρ of a curved surface can be obtained according to the following formula:

where D is the diameter of the stem 122 of the input device 120, D is the diameter of the head 121 of the input device 120, and 1.ltoreq.k.ltoreq.4.

Assuming that the curved surface is a regular spherical surface, the curved surface height is h, and the surface area of the reflecting mirror of the curved surface is s=2pi h ρ ^-1.

In an ideal case, the surface area S of the curved mirror is the light receiving area S1 of the eighth channel 1010 (without considering the loss of light during transmission).

In some embodiments, a plurality of holes may also be provided in the mirror comprised by the second reflective structure 1030.

The position, shape and size of the holes on the reflector are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

For example, as shown in fig. 115, a hole may be provided at a central position on the mirror. Thus, light on the right side of the wearable device 100 may also enter the ninth channel 1020, and the ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 may receive more ambient light signals.

In some embodiments, a corresponding lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020, the lens group including at least one lens 1040 to better transmit light reflected by the second reflective structure 1030 to the ambient light sensor 130F, thereby improving the accuracy of ambient light detection.

The number of lenses 1040 included in the lens group according to the embodiment of the present application is not limited.

The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the kind of the lens 1040 included in the lens group. The lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, or the like, for example.

The position of the lens group is not limited in the embodiment of the application.

In one embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the stem 122 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 113, as shown in (b) in fig. 114, and as shown in (b) in fig. 115.

In another embodiment, a lens group may be disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 113, as shown in (c) in fig. 114, and as shown in (c) in fig. 115.

In yet another embodiment, where the lens group includes a plurality of lenses 1040, a portion of the lenses 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the stem 122 of the input device 120, and the remaining portion of the lenses 1040 is disposed in the ninth channel 1020 at a position corresponding to the head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflection structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, where the ambient light sensor 130F may collect a light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, process the collected light signal, send the processed result to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device 100. In other implementations, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflection structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, where the ambient light sensor 130F can collect a light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, and send the collected light signal to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 processes the light signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device 100.

By providing the ambient light detection unit in the housing 180 of the wearable device 100, the function of detecting ambient light of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located by the wearable device 100 is implemented, wired connection between a device in the input device 120 and a device (for example, a device on a motherboard) in the housing 180 can be reduced, and reliability of the wearable device 100, particularly reliability of the wearable device 100 when the input device 120 rotates, is improved.

The structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 111 and 115. Hereinafter, a structure in which the ambient light sensor 130F is provided in the housing 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 116 to 118.

Fig. 116 to 118 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application, respectively.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 116 can achieve more reception of the ambient light signal than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 116.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 shown in (c) in fig. 117 can realize reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 117.

The ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 in fig. 117 and 118 may enable reception of more ambient light signals than the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 116.

Referring to fig. 116 to 118, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 being mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extending outwardly from the housing 180. An ambient light sensor 130F is disposed within the housing 180 and adjacent one side of the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122. The ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the housing 180.

For ease of description, ambient light sensor 130F is disposed within housing 180 and the side of stem 122 distal from head 121 is referred to as ambient light sensor 130F disposed within housing 180. The side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as the bottom of the stem 122.

Specifically, according to the above formula (1), it is obtained that when S1> S2, the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is enhanced, and when S1< S2, the light intensity of the light reflected by the second reflecting structure 1030 is reduced, P1> P2.

In some embodiments, the second reflective structure 1030 comprises a planar mirror. In other embodiments, the reflective structure comprises a curved mirror, wherein the curved mirror comprises a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror.

Hereinafter, two examples of the second reflecting structure 1030 provided in fig. 116 to 117 are described in detail as a curved mirror.

In one embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 includes a mirror having a curvature, which may be a convex mirror or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 116, the second reflective structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having a curvature.

In another embodiment, the second reflective structure 1030 is a mirror having a plurality of curvatures. The mirror may be a convex mirror and/or a concave mirror. As shown in fig. 117, the second reflecting structure 1030 includes a convex mirror having one curvature and a concave mirror having one curvature, as shown in fig. 117.

Assuming that the curved surface is a regular spherical surface, the curved surface height is h, and the surface area of the reflecting mirror of the curved surface is s=2pi h ρ -1.

For example, as shown in FIG. 118, an aperture may be provided at a central location on the mirror. Thus, light on the right side of the wearable device 100 may also enter the ninth channel 1020, and the ambient light sensor 130F of the wearable device 100 may receive more ambient light signals.

The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the kind of the lens 1040 included in the lens group. The lens group may include a convex lens, a combination of a convex lens and a concave lens, or the like, for example. The position of the lens group is not limited in the embodiment of the application.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 116, as shown in (b) in fig. 117, and as shown in (b) in fig. 118.

For example, as shown in (c) in fig. 116, as shown in (c) in fig. 117, and as shown in (c) in fig. 118.

In some embodiments, the ambient light sensor 130F and the bottom of the stem 122 of the input device 110 may be disposed opposite. Thus, the ambient light sensor 130F may better transmit light signals through the eighth channel 1010, the ninth channel 1020, and the air hole 910.

In some embodiments, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflection structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, where the ambient light sensor 130F may collect a light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, process the collected light signal, send the processed result to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device 100.

In other implementations, the light entering the environment where the wearable device 100 of the eighth channel 1010 is located is reflected by the second reflection structure 1030, and the reflected light is transmitted to the ambient light sensor 130F through the ninth channel 1020, where the ambient light sensor 130F can collect a light signal of the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, and send the collected light signal to the processor 110 through the connector 200, and the processor 110 processes the light signal collected by the ambient light detection unit to obtain a processed result, and presents parameter information related to the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit to the user through an output device (e.g. a screen) of the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously implement at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 4-45, the rotation or movement recognition input device of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 46-68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 69-93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 94-97, the signal improvement function of the wearable device 100 to be detected as described above with respect to fig. 98-99, the ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 102-103, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 104-110, when implementing the ambient light detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 111-118. In an example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 111-118, for example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally, a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally, a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, for example, to implement the fingerprint recognition function described with reference to the various embodiments of fig. 4-45 above.

In another example, in an embodiment such as shown in fig. 111 to 118, a camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally the head 121 may further be provided with a reflecting device 710, optionally the input device 120 may further be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may further be provided with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as shown in fig. 111-118, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 111-118, a set of electrode sets may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 or the outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 111-118, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing a gas detection function with reference to the various embodiments described above with respect to fig. 104-110.

The structure of the body temperature detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below.

In some embodiments, a temperature measurement unit may be added to the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, the input device 120 may be designed to have components associated with the temperature measurement unit installed within the input device 120. For example, the wearable device 100 may enable measurement of the temperature of the object by means of a thermo-optical measurement unit.

In some embodiments, the temperature measurement unit may include an infrared sensor 130J, where the specific position of the infrared sensor 130J in the wearable device 100 may be the same as the position of the above-mentioned ambient light sensor 130F, and the description of the embodiment in which the infrared sensor 130J is disposed in the input device 120 and the embodiment in which the ambient light detection unit is disposed in the housing 180 may be referred to for the specific position of the infrared sensor 130J in the wearable device 100, and only the ambient light sensor 130F in the above-mentioned embodiment needs to be replaced with the infrared sensor 130J, and other descriptions will not be repeated herein.

In an embodiment in which the end of the head 121 is provided with the cover plate 1211, the cover plate 1211 includes a first transparent area. Infrared thermal radiation of the object to be measured can be transmitted to the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020 through the first transparent region.

In an embodiment in which the end of the head 121 is not provided with the cover plate 1211, the end of the head 121 includes a second transparent region. Infrared radiation of the object to be measured can be transmitted to the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020 through the second transparent region.

In this embodiment, as long as the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020 can transmit infrared heat radiated by the side object through the eighth channel 1010 or the ninth channel 1020.

The material of the first transparent region and the second transparent region may be monocrystalline silicon. Therefore, the loss of energy of infrared thermal radiation of the measured object can be reduced, and the accuracy of temperature measurement of the wearable equipment is improved.

In other embodiments, a negative temperature coefficient (negative temperature coefficient, NTC) temperature sensor, a contact temperature sensor, a temperature patch or thermometer probe, etc. may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120.

In one implementation, the outer surface may be the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121.

In another implementation, the outer surface may be a side 121-B of the head 121.

In yet another implementation, the outer surface may be an outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 and a side surface 121-B of the head 121.

In the case where the user operates the input device 110, for example, the user rotates the input device 110, the user moves the input device 110, the user presses the input device 110, or the user touches the input device 110, etc., a temperature sensor provided on the outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120 may detect the body temperature of the user.

In still other embodiments, in addition to the wearable device 100 providing the infrared sensor 130J within the input device 120, the wearable device 100 may also provide other infrared sensors 130J in the wearable device 100. And a third transparent area is also included in the wearable device 100. Infrared radiation of the object to be measured can be transmitted to the other infrared sensor 130J through the third transparent region.

In one implementation, the third transparent region may be monocrystalline silicon. Therefore, the loss of energy of infrared thermal radiation of the measured object can be reduced, and the accuracy of temperature measurement of the wearable equipment is improved.

Illustratively, one or more infrared sensors 130J may be disposed on the front side of the wearable device 100, such that a user may take temperature measurements through the infrared sensors 130J within the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, and a user may also take temperature measurements through the infrared sensors 130J on the front side of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 119, the front surface of the wearable device 100 is provided with other infrared sensors 130J. Infrared radiation of the object to be measured can be transmitted to the other infrared sensor 130J through the third transparent region 1301.

The wearable device 100 may enable a user wearing the wearable device 100 to measure his own body temperature by himself, and the wearable device 100 may also enable a user wearing the wearable device 100 to measure the temperature of other people or other objects.

For example, the process of temperature measurement by the wearable device 100 may be shown with reference to fig. 120 to 123.

As shown in fig. 120, a process of changing a set of GUIs of a wristwatch according to an embodiment of the application is provided.

As shown in fig. 120 (a), the time is displayed on the display interface of the wristwatch. At this time, when the wristwatch measures that the time for which the user 30 touches the input device 120 is greater than a preset value, the display interface of the wristwatch reminds the user whether to turn on the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 120, the display interface displays a similar content of "whether or not temperature measurement is performed".

The display interface of the watch may also include a first control for indicating an on temperature measurement and a second control for indicating an off temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 120, a "yes" control and a "no" control are displayed in the display interface.

When the watch detects that the user selects the "yes" control, the watch can provide multiple temperature measurement modes for the user.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, the temperature measurement method includes "front measurement" and "side measurement".

In the event that the watch detects a user-selected manner of temperature measurement, the display interface of the watch may display content prompting the user to begin initiating temperature measurement.

At this point, the content displayed by the display interface of the watch may include a measurement mode, a prompt, and a "start" control.

For example, as shown in fig. 120 (c), when the watch detects that the user selects the "front measurement" option, the display interface of the watch displays contents including "front measurement", "lifting the wrist, facing the screen, moving the face completely into the recognition area" and "start" controls as shown in fig. 120 (d).

For another example, as shown in fig. 120 (c), when the watch detects that the user selects the "front measurement" option, the display interface of the watch is shown in fig. 122 (a), and the prompt information includes "front close measurement", "please close to the watch screen", and "start" controls.

For another example, as shown in fig. 120 (c), when the watch detects that the user selects the "front measurement" option, the display interface of the watch is shown in fig. 122 (b), and the prompt information includes "front close measurement", "please close to the crown side", and "start" controls.

When the watch detects that the user clicks the "start" option, the watch takes a temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the watch may prompt the user not to move the wearable device during the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 120, the wristwatch may display "body temperature is being measured, the wristwatch is not moved, or the crown is rotated".

In other embodiments, the watch may also display the location of the user's temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the location of the temperature measurement may be a facial measurement, a frontal temperature measurement, or a wrist measurement, or the like.

When the watch completes the user's temperature measurement, the measured user's temperature will be presented.

In one implementation, the watch may display the measured temperature of the user on a display interface of the watch.

In another implementation, the watch may also output the measured temperature of the user with speech.

In some embodiments, a prompt and a "done" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the watch.

For example, as shown in (f) of fig. 120, the watch may also display "spring-air," taking care of the prevention influenza "and" completion "controls on the display interface.

As shown in fig. 121, another set of GUI changes of the wristwatch according to an embodiment of the application is provided.

As shown in fig. 121 (a), the time is displayed on the display interface of the wristwatch. At this time, when the wristwatch measures that the user 30 rotates the input device 120, the display interface of the wristwatch reminds the user whether to turn on the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 121, a "yes" control and a "no" control are displayed in the display interface.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 121, the temperature measurement method includes "front measurement" and "side measurement".

For example, as shown in fig. 121 (c), when the wristwatch detects that the user selects the "side measurement" option, the display interface of the wristwatch displays contents including "side measurement", "lifting the wrist, facing the screen, moving the face completely into the recognition area", and "start" control, as shown in fig. 121 (d).

For another example, as shown in fig. 121 (c), when the watch detects that the user selects the "side measurement" option, the display interface of the watch is shown in fig. 122 (c), and the prompt information includes "side close measurement", "please close the outer end face of the watch crown", and "start" controls.

For example, as shown in fig. 121 (e), the wristwatch may display "body temperature is being measured, without turning the crown".

For example, as shown in fig. 121 (f), the watch may also display "spring-air," taking care of the prevention influenza "and" completion "controls on the display interface.

The method for measuring temperature is described in the user interaction level in combination with the above embodiment and the related drawings, and the method for measuring temperature provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in the software implementation policy level in combination with the accompanying drawing 123.

It should be appreciated that the method may be implemented in a wearable electronic device 100 having a touch screen and infrared temperature sensor configuration as shown in fig. 1.

FIG. 123 is a schematic flow chart of a method for measuring temperature according to an embodiment of the application, as shown in FIG. 123, the method 1000 may include the steps of:

S1001, start temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the user may operate the wearable device 100 to initiate a temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the user may initiate the temperature measurement by the following operations of modes 1 through 3.

Mode 1, a user may initiate a temperature measurement via input device 110.

In one implementation, a user may initiate a temperature measurement by operating input device 120.

Illustratively, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by moving the input device 120, pressing the input device 120, or touching the input device 120, etc.

In another implementation, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by operating a shortcut key of the input device 120.

The shortcut key may be set by the user himself, or the shortcut key may be factory set by the wearable device 100, for example. The embodiments of the present application are not limited in this regard.

The shortcut key may be a double click input device 120, a long press input device 120, or a rotation input device 120, for example.

In some embodiments, the input device en 100 described in mode 1 may also be other input devices of the wearable device 100.

Mode 2, the user may initiate a temperature measurement through a menu on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In one implementation, a user may initiate a temperature measurement by manipulating a menu bar displayed by display screen 140 of wearable device 100 through a touch gesture.

In another implementation, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by manipulating a menu bar displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by a space gesture.

Illustratively, the wearable device 100 may detect a user's blank gesture through the camera 150 or the ultrasonic sensor. And accordingly, corresponding operation is performed according to the detected blank gestures of the user.

In yet another implementation, the user may initiate a temperature measurement through a particular air-break gesture.

The specific gesture may be set by the user himself, or the specific gesture may be factory set by the wearable device 100, for example. The embodiments of the present application are not limited in this regard.

For example, the particular blank gesture may be an "OK" gesture.

For example, the wearable device 100 may detect a user's standoff gesture through the camera 150 or the ultrasonic sensor, and initiate a temperature measurement if the detected user's standoff gesture is a specific standoff gesture.

In yet another implementation, the user may initiate a temperature measurement by rotating the input device 110 (or other input device on the wearable device 100) to operate a menu bar displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Mode 3, the user can initiate temperature measurement by voice.

Illustratively, a user wearing the wearable device 100 enters voice information for instructing to initiate temperature measurement by means of a voice assistant to initiate temperature measurement.

Illustratively, the user wearing the wearable device 100 may also emit a cough sound, the microphone of the wearable device 100 may acquire the user's cough sound and send the user's cough sound to the processor 110 of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 may perform voice recognition on the user's cough sound and determine to initiate the temperature measurement if the result of the voice recognition is the user's cough sound.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also initiate a temperature measurement in the event that the wearable device 100 detects that the wearable device 100 is in a non-motion state.

In one implementation manner, the acceleration sensor 130E of the wearable device 100 may detect whether the wearable device 100 is in a motion state, and send a detection result of whether the detected wearable device 100 is in the motion state to the processor 110, where the processor 110 determines whether to start temperature measurement according to the detection result.

In another implementation, the acceleration sensor 130E of the wearable device 100 may detect whether the wearable device 100 is in a motion state, and in case the wearable device 100 is detected to be in a motion state, send an instruction to the processor 110 for instructing to start a temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, after the wearable device 100 determines to initiate the temperature measurement, the wearable device 100 may also display a first alert interface on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, which may alert the user as to whether to initiate the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 120, as shown in (b) in fig. 121, or as shown in (b) in fig. 122, the wearable device 100 may display a prompt content of "whether to perform temperature measurement" on the display screen 140.

The first prompt interface may also include a first control for indicating an open temperature measurement and a second control for indicating a close temperature measurement.

Specifically, the wearable device 100 may detect whether the first control is selected, and in case the first control is selected, the wearable device 100 starts the temperature measurement. The wearable device 100 may detect whether the second control is selected, in which case the wearable device 100 does not turn on the temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (b) in fig. 120, as shown in (b) in fig. 121, or as shown in (b) in fig. 122, in the event that wearable device 100 detects a user click on the "yes" control, wearable electronic device 100 turns on the temperature measurement.

In other embodiments, after the wearable device 100 determines to initiate the temperature measurement, the wearable device 100 may also issue a voice prompt to prompt the user whether to initiate the temperature measurement.

S1002, determining a temperature measurement mode.

It should be understood that in embodiments of the present application, the temperature measurement may include different temperature measurement modes.

By way of example, the measurement modes may include front side measurement, and the like.

The front side measurement may be understood as a temperature measurement by the front side of the wearable device 100. The front face is understood to be a face that is parallel or approximately parallel to the display of the display screen.

In some embodiments, temperature measurements made through the front of the wearable device 100 may be understood as temperature measurements made through channel 3 of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (e.g., a channel extending from a side of the display screen 140 that displays content to a side of the display screen 140 that does not display content).

In other embodiments, temperature measurement through the front of the wearable device 100 may be understood as temperature measurement through the channel 1 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 (e.g., the channel extending from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the temperature sensor).

Side measurement may be understood, among other things, as temperature measurement through the side of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, temperature measurements made through the side of the wearable device 100 may be understood as temperature measurements made through the channel 2 of the input device 120 (e.g., the channel extending from the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 to the temperature sensor).

In some embodiments, the front side measurement may also be divided into a front side hug measurement, i.e. when the front side hug measurement is performed, the object to be measured needs to be in contact with the front side of the wearable device 100.

For example, in making a frontal fit measurement, the user needs to make contact with the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For another example, in making a frontal fit measurement, the user needs to make contact with side 121-B of head 121 of input device 120 of wearable device 100.

In other embodiments, the side measurement may also be divided into a side-by-side measurement, i.e. when the side-by-side measurement is performed, the object to be measured needs to be in contact with the side of the wearable device 100.

For example, in making a side-on measurement, it is necessary to contact an object to be measured with the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may issue a voice prompt that may alert the user to the manner in which the temperature measurement is selected.

The user can select the mode of temperature measurement through voice input.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may display a second alert interface on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, which may alert the user to the manner in which the temperature measurement is selected.

Illustratively, the second prompt interface may include two measurement modes, namely "front measurement" and "side measurement".

And the user can select a temperature measurement mode through the second prompt interface.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 120, the temperature measurement mode selected by the user is a front measurement.

As another example, as shown in fig. 121 (c), the temperature measurement method selected by the user is a side measurement.

In some embodiments, where the user-selected temperature measurement is a front measurement and the wearable device 100 is measuring the temperature through the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 may also rotate the input device 120 by a first angle to cause the infrared temperature sensor 130J to receive infrared thermal radiation of the measured object through the channel 1. Wherein the first angle is the angle of the object to be measured relative to the channel 1.

In some embodiments, the first angle of rotation of the input device 120 may be understood to be to have the channel 1 on the input device 120 located at a particular position.

By way of example, the particular location may be a habitual location where a user takes temperature measurements via the input device 120.

For example, where channel 1 is located at a particular location on input device 120, the human eye is in the same location, and the angle at which display 140 of wearable device 100 is viewed and the angle at which channel 1 is viewed on input device 120 are the same or similar.

In one implementation, the particular location of the input device 120 is preset.

Illustratively, the respective angles at which the input device 120 rotates may be preset for respective positions.

The processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may detect a first angle between the current channel 1 and the channel 1 at a specific location and control the input device 110 to rotate the first angle.

S1003, measuring the temperature.

In some embodiments, wearable electronic device 100 may also display a third alert interface on the interface of wearable electronic device 100 prior to measuring the temperature. The third prompt interface prompts the user to begin measuring temperature.

Illustratively, the third prompt interface displays content including a measurement mode, a prompt, and a "start" control.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 120, the prompt includes "front measurement", "raise wrist, face the screen, move the face completely into the recognition area", and "start" control.

As another example, as shown in (d) of fig. 121, the hint information includes "side measurement", "raise wrist, face over screen, move face completely into recognition area", and "start" control.

As another example, as shown in fig. 122 (c), the prompt includes a "side close measurement", "please close the outer end face of the crown", and a "start" control.

The user may operate according to the prompt content displayed on the third prompt interface of the wearable electronic device 100, click on the "start" control, and initiate temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, during the process of the wearable device 100 measuring the temperature, the wearable device 100 may also display a fourth alert interface on the interface of the wearable device 100. The fourth prompting interface is for prompting the user not to move the wearable device.

In other embodiments, the fourth prompt interface may also display the location of the user's temperature measurement.

For example, as shown in (e) of fig. 120, the fourth prompt interface displays the content of "temperature being detected, do not move watch".

For another example, as shown in fig. 121 (e), the fourth prompt interface displays the content of "temperature is being detected, and the crown is not moved".

The user may keep the wearable device 100 stationary or the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 stationary according to the prompt displayed on the interface of the wearable electronic device 100.

S1004, outputting the measurement result.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may display the measurement results through a display interface of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in (f) in fig. 120 or as shown in (f) in fig. 122 in fig. 121.

In this embodiment, in one implementation, a reminder and a "done" control may also be displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100.

For example, the "spring" shown in FIG. 122, as shown in (f) of FIG. 120 or in FIG. 121, is to be taken care of to prevent influenza and "complete" controls.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may emit a voice for indicating the temperature measurement.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously implement at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 4-45, the rotation or movement recognition function of the input device of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 46-68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 69-93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 94-97, the signal improvement function of the wearable device 100 to be tested as described above with respect to fig. 98-99, the ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 102-103, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 104-110, the ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 111-118, when implementing the body temperature detection function performed by the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 119-123. In an example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 119-123, for example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally, a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally, a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, for example, to implement the fingerprint recognition function described with reference to the various embodiments of fig. 4-45 above.

In another example, in an embodiment such as shown in fig. 119 to 123, a camera 600 may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally the head 121 may further be provided with a reflecting device 710, optionally the input device 120 may further be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may further be provided with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as shown in fig. 119-123, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 119-123, a set of electrode sets may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 or the outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 119 to 123, for example, the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with an infrared light transmitting unit 830, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the lever 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, and the respective embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to 99 above achieve a function of improving the signal of the site to be measured.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 119-123, a gas sensor 130I may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, to perform a gas detection function with reference to the various embodiments described above with respect to fig. 104-110.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 119-123, an ambient light sensor 130F may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, implementing the ambient light detection function with reference to the various embodiments described above with respect to fig. 111-118.

In the above, the wearable device with the environment light detection function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to fig. 111 and 123. Hereinafter, a structure of the lighting function integrated on the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 to 137.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 may be designed in association, and components associated with the light emitting unit may be installed in the input device 120.

For example, in a case where a component related to the light emitting unit is installed in the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, a user wearing the wearable device 100 may use the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 as a torch, a laser pen, thereby improving user experience.

In an embodiment of the present application, there are two types of light emitting units at the location of the wearable device 100. In some embodiments, the light emitting unit may be disposed within the input device 120. In other embodiments, the light emitting unit may also be disposed within the housing 180 of the wearable device 100.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit is provided in the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 and 131.

In some embodiments, the light emitting unit may be disposed at the head 121 of the input device 120.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 124 and 125.

Fig. 124 and 125 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by embodiments of the present application, respectively.

Referring to fig. 124 and 125, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a case 180, an input device 120, and a light emitting unit 1100. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a lever 122, the lever 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extends out of the housing 180, and the head 121 accommodates the light emitting unit 1100. The light emitting unit 1100 may be electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180 through a connection line (for example, the connection line may be a cable) and the connector 200, so that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not.

The description of the connector 200 for connecting the light emitting unit 1100 and the processor 110 may refer to the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23, except that the fingerprint sensor 130C in the descriptions of fig. 6 to 23 is replaced with the light emitting unit 1100, and the other contents remain unchanged, which is not repeated herein.

In this embodiment, the head 121 of the input device 120 is further provided with an optical transmission structure for transmitting an optical signal so that the optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical transmission structure.

In some embodiments, the light transmission structure may include a tenth channel 1110.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 is provided at the head 121 of the input device 120. One end of the tenth channel 1110 is located at the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected with the light emitting unit 1100 so that an optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

The position of the tenth channel 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) and (b) of fig. 124 and 7-1, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) of fig. 125 and (B) of fig. 7-2, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121.

The number of tenth channels 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) of fig. 124, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in (b) of fig. 124, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in (a) of fig. 125, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in (b) of fig. 125, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

In one implementation, at least two light transmission channels of tenth plurality of channels 1110 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, the tenth plurality of channels 1110 may transmit light of the same color.

Illustratively, channel 1111, as shown in (b) of fig. 124, may transmit red light, channel 1112 may transmit green light, and channel 1113 may transmit yellow light.

Illustratively, channels 1111, 1112, and 1113, as shown in (b) of fig. 125, may all transmit yellow light.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In other embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole filled with a transparent material.

The shape of the tenth channel 1110 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

For example, the tenth channel 1110 may be circular, square, etc. in cross-section. The tenth channel 1110 is described in the embodiment of the present application by taking a circular cross section as an example.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for indicating the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the tenth channel 1110.

In other embodiments, the optical transmission structure includes a fiber hole 1120 and an optical fiber guide 1130 disposed in the fiber hole 1120 for transmitting an optical signal.

In one implementation, as shown in (c) of fig. 124, the fiber hole 1120 extends from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

In another possible implementation, as shown in (c) of fig. 125, the fiber hole 1120 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

In an embodiment where the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121, the light transmission structure may include light emitting fibers 1140 in addition to the fiber holes 1120 and the light guide fibers 1130. The light emitting fibers 1140 are disposed in the fiber holes 1120 and the light emitting fibers 1140 are disposed on a side of the fiber holes 1120 proximate to the side 121-B of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the light guide fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

The number of fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 124 and as shown in (c) of fig. 125, the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, the 3 fiber holes 1120 being a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

In the case where the fiber holes 1120 are plural, the respective fiber holes 1120 may be positioned in a plane parallel to the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 so long as they do not interfere with each other. The number of optical fibers 1130 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, a fiber guide 1130 may be disposed in a fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 124 (c) and fig. 125 (c), one optical guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first optical fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second optical fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third optical fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The number of the light emitting fibers 1140 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

For example, one light emitting fiber 1140 may be disposed in one fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 125 (c), one light emitting fiber 1140 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first light emitting fiber 1141 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second light emitting fiber 1142 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third light emitting fiber 1143 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the optical fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of optical guide fibers 1130 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, each light guide fiber 1130 of the plurality of light guide fibers 1130 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple light guide fibers 1130 may transmit light of the same color.

Illustratively, as shown in (c) of fig. 124, the first optical guide fiber 1131 may transmit red light, the second optical guide fiber 1132 may transmit green light, and the third optical guide fiber 1133 may transmit yellow light.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the pair of optical fibers 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, each of the plurality of pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 may transmit light of each color. In yet another implementation, multiple pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 may transmit light of the same color.

Illustratively, as shown in (c) of fig. 125, the first optical guide fiber 1131 and the first light emitting fiber 1141 may be a pair of optical guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140. The second light guide fiber 1132 and the second light emitting fiber 1142 may be a pair of light guide fiber 1130 and light emitting fiber 1140. The third optical guide fiber 1133 and the third light emitting fiber 1143 may be a pair of optical guide fiber 1130 and light emitting fiber 1140. The first optical fiber 1131 and the first light emitting fiber 1141, the second optical fiber 1132 and the second light emitting fiber 1142, and the third optical fiber 1133 and the third light emitting fiber 1143 may all transmit yellow light.

The shape of the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the optical guide fiber 1130 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the light emitting fiber 1140 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for indicating the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 receives the control signal and emits light, and the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the optical fiber 1130 or the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the optical fiber 1130 and the light emitting fiber 1140.

By arranging the light emitting unit 1100 in the head 121 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be used as a flashlight or a laser pen, so that the space in the shell 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, the user can use the lighting function or the laser pen function of the wearable device 100 conveniently, and the user experience is improved.

In other embodiments, the light emitting unit 1100 may be disposed at the stem 122 of the input device 120.

The structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is provided in the head 121 of the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 124 and 125. Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is provided in the lever portion 122 of the input device 120 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 126 to 131.

Fig. 126 to 131 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application, respectively.

The tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 127 is different in form compared to fig. 126.

Compared to fig. 127, the tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 128 is different in number.

As shown in fig. 129, is a schematic cross-sectional view of the input device 120 along the C-C direction of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 128.

In contrast to fig. 128, another example of a light transmission structure in the wearable device 100 is shown in fig. 130.

As shown in fig. 131, a cross-sectional view of the input device 120 in the D-D direction of the wearable device 100 shown in (D) in fig. 126 or a cross-sectional view of the input device 120 in the D-D direction of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 130.

Referring to fig. 126 to 131, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a lever 122, the lever 122 is mounted in the mounting hole 181, and the lever 122 accommodates the light emitting unit 1100, with the head 121 protruding outward from the housing 180. The light emitting unit 1100 and the connector 200 provided at the bottom of the lever 122 of the input device 120 are soldered together, and the connector 200 is electrically connected to the first circuit board 111 located inside the housing 180, so that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not.

In this embodiment, the input device 120 is further provided with an optical transmission structure for transmitting an optical signal so that the optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical transmission structure.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 extends along the outer surface of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the interior of the shaft 122. One end of the tenth channel 1110 is located at the outer surface of the head 121, and the other end is connected with the light emitting unit 1100 so that an optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 126, a tenth channel 1110 may extend from the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the stem 122.

Illustratively, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the shaft 122.

For example, as shown in fig. 127 and 128, the tenth passage 1110 may include a first partial light transmission passage in the shaft 122 that is disposed in the axial direction of the shaft 122, the tenth passage 1110 may further include a second partial light transmission passage in the head 121 that is disposed in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the shaft 122, and the first partial light transmission passage and the second partial light transmission passage communicate.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 126 (a) and 132 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in (c) of fig. 126, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include a channel 1111, a channel 1112, and a channel 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 127, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 128, the tenth channel 1110 is three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include channel 1111, channel 1112, and channel 1113.

In the case where the tenth passages 1110 are plural, the respective tenth passages 1110 may not interfere with each other at a position parallel to the plane of the outer end face 121-a of the head 121.

For example, as shown in fig. 129, each tenth channel 1110 is an example of a position in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121.

Illustratively, channel 1111, as shown in (c) of fig. 126, may transmit blue light, channel 1112 may transmit cyan light, and channel 1113 may transmit green light.

Illustratively, channels 1111, 1112, and 1113, as shown in FIG. 128, may transmit green light.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In an embodiment where the tenth channel 1110 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the light emitting unit 1100 in the shaft 122, the wearable device 100 further comprises a third reflective structure 1150, the third reflective structure 1150 being provided in the head 121. And the third reflecting structure 1150 is used to reflect the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 along the tenth channel 1110 portion in the shaft 122 and transmit the reflected light to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110 portion in the head 121.

The third reflective structure 1150 of embodiments of the present application may have a variety of structures.

In some embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be the reflective device 710 in the wearable apparatus that may implement the photographing function as above, that is, the third reflective structure 1150 is transparent, may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the inside of the head 121, one end of the third reflective structure 1150 at the head 121 has a reflective surface (e.g., the reflective surface 711 in the reflective device 710), and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 may be reflected to the outside of the head 121 through the reflective surface of the third reflective structure 1150. For a specific description of the reflecting device 710, reference may be made to the above related description, and the description is not repeated, but only the camera 600 of the wearable apparatus above needs to be replaced by the light emitting unit 1100.

In other embodiments, the second reflecting structure 1030 may be the reflecting device 710 shown in fig. 82 to 84 in the embodiment of the wearable apparatus capable of implementing the photographing function, and the detailed description may refer to the related description above and will not be repeated.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be a tapered mirror.

The conical reflecting surface may be, for example, a pyramid-shaped mirror, a conical mirror, or a diamond-cut pyramid-shaped mirror, etc.

For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 127 and as shown in (a) of fig. 128, the third reflecting structure 1150 is a tapered mirror.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be an arc-shaped mirror.

The curved reflective surface may be, for example, a semi-circular mirror or an elliptical mirror, etc.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 127 and as shown in (b) of fig. 128, the third reflecting structure 1150 is an arc-shaped reflecting mirror.

In still other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 comprises a combination mirror.

The combined mirror may be, for example, a conical mirror and a mirror combined with each other.

The combined mirror may also be a mirror of a plurality of conical mirrors combined, for example.

The combined mirror may also be a mirror of a combination of a plurality of arc-shaped mirrors, for example.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also include a convex lens 1160. The convex lens 1160 is disposed in the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120. The convex lens 1160 may collect the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light is better transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100.

The number of convex lenses 1160 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The position of the convex lens 1160 in the tenth channel 1110 is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

For example, as shown in fig. 126, the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 126 further includes a convex lens 1160 with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 126.

The light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 126 may enable transmission of light signals emitted from more light emitting units 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 along the transparent channel 710, with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 126.

In one implementation, as shown in (d) of fig. 126, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

In another implementation, as shown in fig. 130, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 126 and as shown in fig. 130, the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, the 3 fiber holes 1120 being a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

In the case where the fiber holes 1120 are plural, the respective fiber holes 1120 may be positioned in a plane parallel to the outer end face 121-a of the head 121 so long as they do not interfere with each other.

For example, as shown in fig. 131, each fiber hole 1120 is one example of a position in a plane parallel to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121.

The number of optical fibers 1130 in the fiber holes 1120 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, a fiber guide 1130 may be disposed in a fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 126 (d) and as shown in fig. 130, one optical guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes.

Specifically, a first optical fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second optical fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third optical fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

For example, as shown in fig. 130, one light emitting fiber 1140 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first light emitting fiber 1141 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second light emitting fiber 1142 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third light emitting fiber 1143 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

The color of the optical signal transmitted by the pair of optical fibers 1130 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, the first optical guide fiber 1131 as shown in (d) of fig. 126 may transmit orange light, the second optical guide fiber 1132 may transmit red light, and the third optical guide fiber 1133 may transmit yellow light.

In one implementation, at least two of the plurality of pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 transmit light of different colors. In another implementation, multiple pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 may transmit light of the same color. In yet another implementation, multiple pairs of light guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140 may transmit light of the same color.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 130, the first optical guide fiber 1131 and the first light emitting fiber 1141 may be a pair of optical guide fibers 1130 and light emitting fibers 1140. The second light guide fiber 1132 and the second light emitting fiber 1142 may be a pair of light guide fiber 1130 and light emitting fiber 1140. The third optical guide fiber 1133 and the third light emitting fiber 1143 may be a pair of optical guide fiber 1130 and light emitting fiber 1140. The first optical fiber 1131 and the first light emitting fiber 1141, the second optical fiber 1132 and the second light emitting fiber 1142, and the third optical fiber 1133 and the third light emitting fiber 1143 may all transmit red light.

By arranging the light emitting unit 1100 in the rod 122 of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 can be used as a flashlight or a laser pen, so that the space in the shell 180 of the wearable device 100 can be saved, the user can use the lighting function or the laser pen function of the wearable device 100 conveniently, and the user experience is improved.

The structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is provided in the input device 120 is described in detail above with reference to fig. 124 and 131. Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed within the case 180 will be described in detail with reference to fig. 132 to 135.

Fig. 132 to 135 are schematic cross-sectional views of partial areas of the wearable device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application, respectively.

The tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 133 is different in form compared to fig. 132.

The tenth channel 1110 of the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 134 is different in number compared to fig. 133.

Hereinafter, a structure in which the light emitting unit 1100 may be provided at the case 180 of the wearable device 100 is described with reference to fig. 132 to 135.

Referring to fig. 132 to 135, the body 101 of the wearable device 100 includes a cover 114, a housing 180, an input device 120, and an ambient light sensor 130F. A cover 114 (in some embodiments, the cover 114 may be a display screen 140) is coupled to the top end of the housing 180 to form a surface of the body 101. The housing 180 is provided with a mounting hole 181. The input device 120 includes a head 121 and a stem 122, the stem 122 being mounted in the mounting hole 181, the head 121 extending outwardly from the housing 180. The light emitting unit 1100 is disposed within the housing 180 near one side of the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122. The light emitting unit 1100 may also be disposed on the first circuit board 111 inside the case 180 such that the processor 110 connected to the first circuit board 111 controls the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light or not.

Wherein the inner end surface 122-a of the stem 122 is the side of the stem remote from the head and parallel or approximately parallel to the side 180-a of the housing 180.

For convenience of description, the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed within the housing 180 and a side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is referred to as the light emitting unit 1100 disposed within the housing 180. The side of the stem 122 remote from the head 121 is denoted as the bottom of the stem 122.

Specifically, the tenth channel 1110 extends through the input device 120. The light signal transmitted by the light emitting unit 1100 can be transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110.

For example, as shown in FIG. 132, a tenth channel 1110 may extend from an outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the bottom of the stem 122.

Illustratively, the tenth channel 1110 may extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the bottom of the stem 122.

For example, as shown in fig. 133 and 134, the tenth passage 1110 may include a first partial light transmission passage in the shaft 122 that is disposed in the axial direction of the shaft 122, the tenth passage 1110 may further include a second partial light transmission passage in the head 121 that is disposed in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the shaft 122, and the first partial light transmission passage and the second partial light transmission passage communicate.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 132 (a) and fig. 132 (b), the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in (c) of fig. 132, the tenth channels 1110 are three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include channels 1111, 1112, and 1113.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 133, the tenth channel 1110 is one.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 134, the tenth channels 1110 are three, and the three tenth channels 1110 may include channels 1111, 1112, and 1113.

Illustratively, channel 1111, as shown in (c) of fig. 132, may transmit orange light, channel 1112 may transmit violet light, and channel 1113 may transmit pink light.

Illustratively, channels 1111, 1112, and 1113, as shown in FIG. 134, may transmit violet light.

In some embodiments, tenth channel 1110 may be a hole.

In an embodiment where the tenth channel 1110 extends from the side 121-B of the head 121 of the input device 120 to the bottom of the stem 122, the wearable device 100 further comprises a third reflective structure 1150, the third reflective structure 1150 being disposed in the head 121. And the third reflecting structure 1150 is used to reflect the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 along the tenth channel 1110 portion in the shaft 122 and transmit the reflected light to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the tenth channel 1110 portion in the head 121.

In some embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be a tapered mirror.

For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 133 and as shown in (a) of fig. 134, the third reflecting structure 1150 is a tapered mirror.

In other embodiments, the third reflective structure 1150 may be an arcuate reflective mirror.

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 133 and as shown in (b) of fig. 133, the third reflecting structure 1150 is an arc-shaped reflecting mirror.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also include a convex lens 1160. The lens group is disposed in a tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120. The convex lens 1160 may collect the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100, so that the light is better transmitted to the outside of the wearable device 100.

The number of convex lenses 1160 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The position of the convex lens 1160 in the tenth channel 1110 is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

For example, as shown in fig. 132, the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 132 further includes a convex lens 1160 with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 132.

The light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 shown in (b) in fig. 132 may enable transmission of light signals emitted from more light emitting units 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 along the transparent channel 710, with respect to the wearable device 100 shown in (a) in fig. 132.

When a user uses a light emitting unit within the input device 120, for example, the user turns on a lighting mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on a laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100. The light emitting unit 1100 emits light when receiving the control signal, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the tenth channel 1110.

In one implementation, as shown in (d) of fig. 132, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the outer end surface 121-a of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

In another implementation, as shown in FIG. 135, the fiber holes 1120 extend from the side 121-B of the head 121 to the light emitting unit 1100 of the head 121. One end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the light emitting unit 1100, and the other end of the light guide fiber 1130 is connected to the side 121-B of the head 121. So that the light emitting unit 1100 achieves transmission of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the outside of the wearable device 100 through the optical fiber 1130.

As illustrated in (d) of fig. 132 and as illustrated in fig. 135, the wearable device 100 may include 3 fiber holes 1120, and the 3 fiber holes 1120 are a first fiber hole 1121, a second fiber hole 1122, and a third fiber hole 1123, respectively.

Illustratively, a fiber guide 1130 may be disposed in a fiber hole 1120.

For example, as shown in fig. 132 (d) and as shown in fig. 135, one optical guide fiber 1130 is provided in each of the 3 fiber holes. Specifically, a first optical fiber 1131 is disposed in the first fiber hole 1121, a second optical fiber 1132 is disposed in the second fiber hole 1122, and a third optical fiber 1133 is disposed in the third fiber hole 1123.

Illustratively, the first optical guide fiber 1131 as shown in (d) of fig. 132 may transmit orange light, the second optical guide fiber 1132 may transmit red light, and the third optical guide fiber 1133 may transmit yellow light.

When the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 in the input device 120, for example, the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 sends a control signal for indicating the light emitting unit 1100 to emit light to the light emitting unit 1100 through the connector 200 and the connection line. The light emitting unit 1100 receives the control signal and emits light, and the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the optical fiber 1130 or the light emitting unit 1100 is transmitted to the outside through the optical fiber 1130.

The position of the light emitting unit 1100 in the case 180 in the wearable device 100 is described above with reference to fig. 132 to 135. Hereinafter, a light source of the light emitting unit 1100 provided in the housing 180 will be described with reference to specific drawings.

In some embodiments, the light sources of the light emitting units 1100 may be independent light sources.

The light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an independent light source, which is understood as the light emitting unit 1100 is a light source.

For example, the light sources of the light emitting units 1100 of the wearable device 100 as shown in fig. 132 to 135 may be independent light sources.

The individual light sources may be, for example, three primary color (e.g., red, green, and blue) light sources.

The three primary light source may be a light emitting diode (LIGHT EMITTING diode, LED) or a vertical-cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL), for example.

The processor 110 may control whether the independent light sources emit light.

The processor 110 may also control the luminous intensity of the individual light sources.

The processor 110 may also implement the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 by controlling the luminous intensity of the three primary color light sources in the independent light sources.

In other embodiments, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be a light signal in the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located.

For example, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 as shown in (a) in fig. 136 and (a) in fig. 132 may be a light signal in an environment where the wearable device 100 is located.

In this embodiment, the wearable device 100 may further comprise a light guiding structure 1170. The light guide 1170 is disposed on a side of the display screen 140 remote from the display content, and the light guide 1170 is disposed on a side of the shaft 122 remote from the head 121 for transmitting an optical signal passing through the display screen 140 into the tenth channel 1110.

Wherein the light guide structure 1170 includes a light guide post 1172 and a mirror 1173 (or prism). The light guide 1172 is disposed at a side far away from the display screen 140 for displaying content, and the light guide 1172 is configured to transmit the light signal passing through the display screen 140 according to a set path, i.e. to transmit the light signal passing through the display screen 140 in an environment where the wearable device 100 is located according to a predetermined path. The mirror 1173 can transmit the optical signal transmitted by the light guide post 1172 into the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120.

In one implementation, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be removed from the light blocking object on the display side, and a light guide post 1172 is disposed at the position where the light blocking object is removed, where the light guide post 1172 may transmit the light signal passing through the display screen 140 along a certain path.

In this embodiment, the wearable device 100 may further include light transmission holes 1171. As shown in fig. 136 (a) and 132 (a), the light hole 1171 penetrates through the display screen 140, the light hole 1171 transmits an optical signal passing through the display screen 140 in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located to the light guiding post 1172, so that the light guiding post 1172 transmits the optical signal to the reflecting mirror 1173 according to a predetermined path, and the reflecting mirror 1173 transmits the optical signal transmitted by the light guiding post 1172 to the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120, thereby realizing the emission of the optical signal from the input device 120.

The position of the light-transmitting hole 1171 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

The shape of the light guide post 1172 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, the light guide post 1172 may be a cylinder, a prism, a combination of a cylinder and a prism, or the like. The number of the light guide posts 1172 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In still other embodiments, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be a light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100.

For example, the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 of the wearable device 100 as shown in (b) in fig. 136 to (b) in fig. 132 may be a light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100.

In this embodiment, the difference from the above-described embodiment in which the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be a light signal in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located is that the wearable device 100 includes only the light guide structure 1170, excluding the light transmission hole 1171.

For the description of the light guide structure 1170, reference may be made to the description related to the embodiment in which the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 may be a light signal in the environment where the wearable device 100 is located, which is not repeated herein.

As shown in fig. 136 (b) and fig. 132 (b), the optical signal displayed by the display screen 140 is transmitted to the light guide post 1172, so that the light guide post 1172 transmits the optical signal to the reflecting mirror 1173 according to a predetermined path, and the reflecting mirror 1173 transmits the optical signal transmitted by the light guide post 1172 to the tenth channel 1110 of the input device 120, thereby realizing the emission of the optical signal from the input device 120.

For convenience of description, the above-described light signal of the light emitting unit 1100 is a light signal in an environment where the wearable device 100 is located and the light signal displayed by the display screen 140 in the wearable device 100 is recorded as the light signal of the light emitting unit 1100 is a light signal passing through the display screen 140.

In some embodiments, a concave lens may also be provided on the side of tenth channel 1110 remote from shaft 122. The concave lens may diverge the optical signal transmitted to the tenth channel 1110 to the outside of the head 121.

In some embodiments, for example, as shown in (c) of fig. 136 and (c) of fig. 137, the wearable device 100 further includes an optical switch 1190. The optical switch 1190 may control whether to transmit the optical signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the optical transmission structure.

The optical switch 1190 may be electrically connected to the processor 110.

Illustratively, the optical switch 1190 may be a micro-electro-MECHAICAL SYSTEM (MEMS) based optical switch.

The number of the optical switches 1190 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

Illustratively, the optical switch 1190 may be provided as one.

For example, the number of the optical switches 1190 may be the same as the number of the colors of the light emitted from the transmitting unit 700.

For example, in a case where the user turns on the illumination mode of the wearable device 100 or the user turns on the laser pen mode of the wearable device 100, the processor 110 instructs the light switch 1190 to control the transmission of the light signal emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to the light transmission structure.

In some embodiments, for example, as shown in (c) of fig. 136 and (c) of fig. 137, the wearable device 100 further comprises a light mixing means 1180. The light emitting unit 1100 may be connected to a previous stage of the light mixing device 1180, and the light switch 1190 may be connected to a next stage of the light mixing device 1180. The light mixing device 1180 is configured to mix light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 to obtain a preset light signal.

For example, the light mixing device 1180 may perform light mixing processing on the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 based on the principle of light mixing addition.

For example, the light mixing device 1180 may be set to be based on a specific light mixing principle according to a user's demand, and the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 may be subjected to a light mixing process by the light mixing device 1180.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may also simultaneously implement at least one of the fingerprint recognition function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 4-45, the rotation or movement recognition function of the input device of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 46-68, the photographing function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 69-93, the PPG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 94-97, the signal improvement function of the wearable device 100 at the site to be detected as described above with respect to fig. 98-99, the ECG detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 102-103, the gas detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 104-110, the ambient light detection function of the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 111-118, the wearable device 100 as described above with respect to fig. 119-123.

In an example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 124-137, for example, the fingerprint sensor 130C may be disposed within the head 121 or the stem 122 or the housing 180, optionally, a channel may also be disposed within the input device 120, and optionally, a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, for example, to implement the fingerprint recognition function described with reference to the various embodiments of fig. 4-45 above.

In another example, in the embodiment shown in fig. 124 to 137, for example, the camera 600 may be disposed in the head 121 or the lever 122 or the housing 180, optionally, the head 121 may further be disposed with a reflecting device 710, optionally, the input device 120 may further be disposed with a channel, optionally, the lever 122 may further be disposed with a connector 200, and the photographing function is implemented with reference to the respective embodiments described above with reference to fig. 69 to 93.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 124-137, for example, a PPG sensor 130A may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally a connector 200 may also be disposed within the stem 122, implementing PPG detection functionality with reference to the various embodiments described above in fig. 94-97.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 124-137, a set of electrode sets may be provided on the outer surface of the head 121 or the outer surface of the housing 180, with the various embodiments described above with reference to fig. 102-103 implementing the ECG detection function.

In yet another example, in the embodiments shown in fig. 124 to 137, for example, the head 121 or the shaft 122 or the housing 180 may be provided with an infrared light transmitting unit 830, optionally, the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally, the shaft 122 may also be provided with a connector 200, and the various embodiments described with reference to fig. 98 to 99 above achieve a function of improving the signal of the site to be measured.

In yet another example, in an embodiment such as that shown in fig. 119-123, a temperature sensor may be disposed within the head 121 or stem 122 or housing 180, optionally the input device 120 may also be provided with a channel, optionally the stem 122 may also be provided with a connector 200 therein, implementing the body temperature detection function with reference to the various embodiments described above in fig. 119-123.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, the user may adjust the angle of the light rays emitted by wearable device 100 through input device 120.

The angle of the light emitted from the wearable device 100 through the input device 120 may be understood as the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 provided in the wearable device 100 after passing through the input device 120.

Therefore, the embodiment of the application also provides a light angle adjusting method. The method includes S10 to S30.

S10, determining that the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

The angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 may be understood as the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 through the channel within the input device.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light ray may be a one-dimensional angle.

Illustratively, the angle of the light rays may be understood as the angle of the light rays in the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120.

For example, the angle of the light ray may be understood as the angle between the light ray and the y-axis. Wherein the y-axis is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the wearable device 100 and perpendicular to the axial direction of the stem 122 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the angle of the light ray may be a two-dimensional angle.

Illustratively, the angle of the light rays may be understood as the angle of the light rays in the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120, as well as the angle of the light rays with the outer end surface 121-A of the head 121 of the input device 120.

For example, the angle of the light can be understood as the angle between the light and the y-axis, and the angle between the light and the z-axis. Wherein the z-axis is along the thickness direction of the wearable device 100.

In one implementation, where the wearable device 100 detects that the user turns on a function of the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

In another implementation, in the event that the wearable device 100 detects that the user uses the light emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

By way of example, a user using the light emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120 may understand that the user turns on the illumination mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100.

By way of example, a user using the light emitting unit 1100 of the input device 120 may understand that the user turns on the laser pen mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100.

In some embodiments, after the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, the wearable device 100 may also display a first alert window or emit a first alert voice that alerts the user whether to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, the first reminder window may include a reminder, a control for determining that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, and a control for canceling the adjustment of the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, as shown in the leftmost diagram of fig. 138, the first reminder window includes a reminder of "whether to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the crown," a yes "control and a" no "control.

In the case where it is determined that the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 needs to be adjusted, S20 is performed.

In some embodiments, the user may determine through the first reminder window that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

For example, the wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted if detecting that the user selects a control in the first alert window for determining that the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the leftmost diagram of fig. 138, wearable device 100 determines that the angle of the light emitted by input device 120 needs to be adjusted after detecting that the user selects the "yes" control in the first reminder window.

In other embodiments, the user may also determine, through the use of a voice assistant, that the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 needs to be adjusted.

Illustratively, the wearable device 100 recognizes voice information input by the user and determines whether it is necessary to adjust the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120.

S20, determining the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted (an example of the first angle to be adjusted).

In some embodiments, wearable device 100 may display an angle adjustment interface prior to determining the angle of the light rays emitted by input device 120 to be adjusted.

The angle adjustment interface is an adjustment interface regarding the angle of light rays emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120.

Illustratively, the angle adjustment interface includes an angle adjustment control.

For example, as shown in the upper diagram in the middle of fig. 138, the angle adjustment interface includes an angle adjustment control 10.

Illustratively, the angle adjustment interface includes a prompt. The prompt is used to prompt the user how to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

As another example, as shown in the lower diagram in the middle of FIG. 138, the angle adjustment interface includes a "slide adjust ray angle" cue.

In other embodiments, before determining the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted, the wearable device 100 may emit a voice prompting the user how to adjust the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to the gesture of the user.

In one implementation, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to the gesture of the user to the angle adjustment interface.

For example, after detecting a gesture of the angle adjustment control in the user sliding angle adjustment interface, the wearable device 100 determines an end position of the angle adjustment control in the user sliding angle adjustment interface, and determines an angle corresponding to the end position of the angle adjustment control as an angle of the light ray emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the upper diagram in the middle of fig. 138, after detecting that the user adjusts the angle adjustment control position to the a position, the wearable device 100 determines the angle at which the angle adjustment control is at the a position as the angle of the light ray emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

Wherein the position of the angle adjustment control corresponds to the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

The correspondence between the position of the angle adjustment control and the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be preset.

For example, the wearable device 100 detects a sliding gesture of the user along a certain direction in the angle adjustment interface, and determines an angle corresponding to the sliding operation performed by the user as an angle of a light ray emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

For example, as shown in the lower diagram in the middle of fig. 138, after detecting a sliding operation of the user in the a direction, the wearable device 100 determines the angle corresponding to the a direction as the angle of the light ray emitted from the input device 120 to be adjusted.

Wherein, the angle corresponding to the sliding operation corresponds to the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120.

The correspondence between the angle corresponding to the sliding operation and the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 may be preset.

In another implementation, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to a gesture of the user's finger pointing in a certain direction.

For example, the wearable device 100 may capture images of the hand of a user wearing the wearable device 100 in real time according to a camera within the input device 120 and transmit the captured images of the hand of the user to the processor 110 in real time. The processor 110 determines the occlusion angle of the user's hand by combining the camera shooting angle with the angle of the wearable device bottom shell, which is considered to be the user wrist plane by the user's wrist fit, according to the image of the user's hand, and determines the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted as the occlusion angle of the user's hand.

For example, as shown in fig. 139, when the position of the finger of the user is the position of the broken line finger, the light emitted from the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is in the B direction. When the pointing direction of the user's finger changes, for example, when the position of the user's finger is the position of a solid line finger, the wearable device 100 captures an image of the hand wearing the user (solid line finger image), and transmits the captured image of the user's hand to the processor 110. The processor 110 determines the angle of occlusion of the user's hand from the image of the user's hand, and determines the angle of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted as the angle of occlusion of the user's hand. At this time, the shielding angle of the user's hand corresponds to the C direction.

For example, the wearable device 100 may further include a light detection unit, where the light detection unit may send an infrared light in real time, where the infrared light may be reflected when reaching a hand of a user wearing the wearable device 100, and the bottom case is attached to a wrist of the user as a plane of the user's wrist in combination with an angle of the infrared light with respect to the bottom case of the wearable device 100, so that the light detection unit receives light reflected by the hand of the user in real time, determines a shielding angle of the hand of the user according to the reflected light, and determines an angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted as the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

If the infrared light emitted by the light detection unit is not blocked by the hand of the user, the light detection unit adjusts the angle of the infrared light, for example, adjusts the plane direction of the bottom shell of the wearable device 100 until the reflected light of the infrared light reflected by the hand of the user can be received, and the blocking angle of the hand of the user is obtained. If the transmission angle of the infrared light has been adjusted to a preset value, for example, the preset value is a limit angle that can be reached by the buckling of the palm of the user, the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted may be determined as a preset angle, for example, the preset angle is parallel to the bottom shell of the wearable device.

In other embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted according to the voice information input by the user.

Illustratively, the wearable device 100 recognizes voice information input by a user and determines an angle of light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

S30, adjusting the angle of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be adjusted.

The wearable device 100 adjusts the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 within the input device 120 according to the angle of the light emitted from the input device 120 to be adjusted.

By way of example, in the following, modes 1 to 5 are taken as examples, and an explanation will be given of how the input device 120 adjusts the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100.

In mode 1, the processor 110 or the light detecting unit transmits an angle adjustment instruction to the driving device 730 for rotating the input device 120, the angle adjustment instruction being used to instruct the motor to rotate by an angle 1, so that the angle of the light emitted from the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

For example, as shown in fig. 125, 127, 128 or 130, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the driving device 730 that rotates the input device 120, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the motor to rotate by an angle 1, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

In mode 2, the processor 110 or the light detection unit sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting fiber 1140, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting fiber 1140 to be angle 2, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

For example, as in fig. 124 (c), 125 (c), 126 (d), 130, 132 or 135, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting fiber 1140, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting fiber 1140 to be angle 2, so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

In mode 3, the processor 110 or the light detecting unit transmits an angle adjustment instruction to the third reflecting structure 1150, the angle adjustment instruction being for instructing the third reflecting structure 1150 to adjust the angle of the light ray reflectable by the third reflecting structure 1150 to an angle 3, so that the angle of the light ray emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

For example, as shown in fig. 127 or 128, the processor 110 or the light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends an angle adjustment instruction to the third reflective structure 1150, where the angle adjustment instruction is used to instruct the third reflective structure 1150 to adjust the angle of the light ray that can be reflected by the third reflective structure 1150 to an angle of 3, so that the angle of the light ray emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the hand of the user.

In mode 4, the processor 110 transmits an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting unit 1100, the angle adjustment instruction instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to adjust the angle of the emitted light to angle 4 so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

For example, as shown in (a) in fig. 124, (b) in fig. 124, as shown in (a) in fig. 125, as shown in (b) in fig. 125, as shown in (a) in fig. 126, as shown in (b) in fig. 126, as shown in (c) in fig. 126, as shown in (a) in fig. 132, as shown in (b) in fig. 132, or as shown in (c) in fig. 132, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 transmits an angle adjustment instruction to the light emitting unit 1100, the angle adjustment instruction being for instructing the light emitting unit 1100 to adjust the angle of the emitted light to angle 4 so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

In mode 5, the processor 110 or the light detection unit transmits a position adjustment instruction to the driving device that controls the movement of the light emitting unit 1100, the position adjustment instruction being for instructing the driving device to control the movement of the light emitting unit 1100 to the position 1 so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 at the position 1 is adjusted to the shielding angle of the user's hand.

For example, as in the wearable device 100 shown in fig. 125, 127, 128, or 130, the processor 110 or light detection unit of the wearable device 100 sends a position adjustment instruction to the motor that controls the movement of the light emitting unit 1100, the position adjustment instruction being for instructing the motor to control the movement of the light emitting unit 1100 to position 1 so that the angle of the light emitted by the light emitting unit 1100 at position 1 is adjusted to the occlusion angle of the user's hand.

Fig. 140 is a schematic diagram of the user adjusting the angle of the light emitted from the wearable device 100 through the input device 120 according to the adjustment method shown in fig. 138.

Wherein the ray corresponding to the dashed arrow is the ray before the user adjusts the angle of the ray emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120. The solid arrow rays are rays of light after the user has adjusted the angle of the rays of light emitted by the wearable device 100 through the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the lighting unit 1100 may synchronously output colors associated with content currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In one implementation, the light emitted by the input device 120 synchronously presents the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 or the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Wherein the wearable device 100 may determine the currently selected menu of the wearable device 100 by the location where the current focus of the wearable device 100 is displayed on the display screen 140.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the color of the currently selected menu or the currently theme of the wearable device 100 by the location where the current focus of the wearable device 100 is displayed on the display screen 140.

For example, the display color of the menu option may be a display color of an icon corresponding to the menu option.

For example, the display color of the menu option may be a display color of a theme corresponding to the menu option.

Hereinafter, description will be made taking as an example a display color of a currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 in synchronization with light emitted from the input device 120.

In an embodiment in which the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an independent light source, the processor 110 may obtain a display color of a currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, and in a case in which the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is one of three primary colors and the number of the optical switches is three, the processor 110 indicates that the optical switch corresponding to the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is in an on state, and the other optical switches are in an off state, so as to implement that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. When the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is not one of the three primary colors, the processor 110 may control the light emission intensities of the three primary color light sources in the independent light sources, so as to realize that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 141, menu option 1, menu option 2, menu option 3, menu option 4, and menu option 5 (not shown in fig. 144) are displayed in the currently displayed page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. Wherein the color displayed by menu option 1 is red R, the color displayed by menu option 2 is orange O, the color displayed by menu option 3 is yellow Y, the color displayed by menu option 4 is green G, and the color displayed by menu option 5 is blue B. At this time, the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is menu option 2.

At this time, the processor 110 acquires the orange O displayed in the currently selected menu option 2 in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, and controls the light emission intensities of the three primary color light sources in the independent light sources so that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is also orange O.

In embodiments where the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an optical signal passing through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises an adjustable filter. The tunable filter is disposed between the light guide post 1172 and the input device 120 and is coupled to the processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the light transmission color of the tunable filter such that the light passing through the tunable filter is a light of a specific wavelength.

For example, as shown in fig. 141, the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is menu option 2, and the color displayed by the menu option 2 may be orange O. At this time, the processor 110 acquires the orange O displayed in the currently selected menu option 2 on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, and adjusts the light-transmitting color of the adjustable filter so that the light passing through the adjustable filter is only the light of the orange O, thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is also orange O.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 may also change when the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 or the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes.

The manner in which the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is changed is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

For example, the user changing the color of a menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be the user sliding a distance up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, rotating the input device 120, or clicking the input device 120.

In fig. 142, the manner in which the user changes the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described taking as an example that the user slides up a certain distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In fig. 143, the manner in which the user changes the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described taking the user rotating the input device 120 as an example.

As illustrated in fig. 142 and 143, when the color of a menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of light emitted from the input device 120 changes. As shown in the left-hand diagram of fig. 142, the content displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. Wherein, the color of the main body corresponding to the 'blood saturation' option is red R, the color of the main body corresponding to the 'activity record' option is orange O, the color of the main body corresponding to the 'sleep' option is yellow Y, and the color of the main body corresponding to the 'heart rate' option is green G. At this point, the "active record" option is the currently selected option. The color of the light emitted by the input device 120 remains synchronized with the color corresponding to the "active record" option. I.e. the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is orange O. As shown in the left diagram of fig. 142, when the user slides up a certain distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up, so that the "blood saturation" option is not displayed and the "sports" option is displayed. At this time, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change. As shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 142, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 include an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option. At this point, the currently selected option on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is changed from the "active record" option to the "sleep" option. At this time, the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 and the color corresponding to the "sleep" option remain synchronized. I.e. the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 is yellow Y.

Fig. 143 and 142 differ in the manner in which the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is controlled to be changed.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 143, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward, so that the "blood saturation" option is not displayed and the "sports" option is displayed. At this time, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change.

The descriptions of other parts in fig. 143 may refer to corresponding descriptions of fig. 142, and are not repeated here.

In another implementation, the light emitted by the input device 120 synchronously presents the display colors of the various menu options in the currently displayed page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In an embodiment in which the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is a separate light source, the processor 110 may acquire display colors of a plurality of menus including the display color of the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. The number of display colors of the menu that the processor 110 needs to acquire may be related to the number of colors of light that can be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Wherein, the display colors of the plurality of menus may include display colors of menus adjacent to the currently selected menu in addition to the display colors of the currently selected menu. In the case where one of the three primary colors exists in the display colors of the plurality of menus in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the number of the optical switches is three, the processor 110 instructs the optical switch corresponding to the display color of the menu, which is one of the three primary colors, of the display colors of the plurality of menus to be in an on state, and the other optical switches to be in an off state, so that light is emitted from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. When the display color of the menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is not one of the three primary colors, the processor 110 may control the light emission intensities of the three primary color light sources of the independent light sources so as to emit light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the plurality of menus.

In embodiments where the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an optical signal passing through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises a plurality of adjustable filters. The number of the tunable filter may be related to the number of colors of light that may be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Each tunable filter is disposed between the light guide post 1172 and the light transmission structure that can independently transmit light, and each tunable filter is coupled to the processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the transmitted light color of each of the tunable filters such that the light passing through each of the tunable filters is a light of a particular wavelength. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of the plurality of menus.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of each menu option in the current display page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, respectively, in the order in which the display colors of the menu options are displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, to obtain the color sequence. The processor 110 transmits light out of the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure in the order of the colors in the color sequence. Thereby enabling the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 to be displayed in the order in which the display colors of the respective menu options are displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

The light transmission structure may be the light transmission structure of the wearable device 100 in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the input device 120, or the light transmission structure may be the light transmission structure of the wearable device 100 in which the light emitting unit 1100 is disposed in the housing 180.

For example, as shown in fig. 144, menu option 1, menu option 2, menu option 3, menu option 4, and menu option 5 (not shown in fig. 144) are displayed in the currently displayed page in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. Wherein the color displayed by menu option 1 is red R, the color displayed by menu option 2 is orange O, the color displayed by menu option 3 is yellow Y, the color displayed by menu option 4 is green G, and the color displayed by menu option 5 is blue B.

At this time, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of the menu option 1, the display color of the menu option 2, the display color of the menu option 3, the display color of the menu option 4, and the display color of the menu option 5 according to the display order of the menu options on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, respectively, to obtain the color sequence of the menu options.

For example, the color sequence of menu options is { the display color of menu option 1, the display color of menu option 2, the display color of menu option 3, the display color of menu option 4, the display color of menu option 5 }.

It should be understood that the color sequence of the menu options to which the embodiments of the present application relate is a color sequence that starts with a fixed position relative to the wearable device 100. For example, the position of the first menu option displayed on the display 140 of the wearable device 100 serves as the start of the color sequence of the menu option. As another example, a location on the display 140 of the wearable device 100 that is substantially flush with the boundary of the input device 120 is used as a starting point for a color sequence of menu options.

The processor 110 sequentially transmits the light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure according to the sequence of colors in the color sequence, so as to realize sequential display of the colors of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 according to the display color of the menu option 1, the display color of the menu option 2, the display color of the menu option 3, the display color of the menu option 4 and the display color of the menu option 5. I.e. red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, respectively, on the head 121 of the input device 120.

In some embodiments, the light emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may also highlight the display color of the currently selected menu in the display 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 144, the currently selected menu in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is menu option 2. At this time, the light of the same color as the display color (orange O) of the menu option 2 emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may be a widened display.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, when the color of the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 also changes.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 145, is a schematic diagram in which when the color of a menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of light emitted by the input device 120 also changes.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 145, the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes a "blood saturation" option, an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, and a "heart rate" option. Wherein, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option is red R, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option is orange O, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option is green G.

In addition, the currently displayed page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes options that are not displayed.

For example, options not shown may include a "body temperature" option, a "blood oxygen" option, a "sports" option, and a "blood pressure" option. The "blood oxygen" option may be in the upper column of the "blood saturation" option, the "body temperature" option may be in the upper column of the "blood oxygen" option, and the "exercise" option may be in the lower column of the "heart rate" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

Wherein the color corresponding to the "body temperature" option is purple P. The color corresponding to "blood oxygen" is pink M. The color corresponding to "motion" is blue B. The color corresponding to the "blood pressure" option is blue-violet S.

At this time, the head 121 of the input device 120 is sequentially displayed with the color corresponding to the "body temperature" option, the color corresponding to the "blood oxygen" option, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option, the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option, and the color corresponding to the "exercise" option. I.e. violet P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, blue violet S (not shown in the left-hand diagram of fig. 145) are displayed in this order on the head 121 of the input device 120.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 145, when the user slides up a certain distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up, so that the "blood saturation" option is not displayed and the "sports" option is displayed. At this time, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 change. As shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 145, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 include an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option.

For example, the options not shown may include a "blood pressure" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

At this time, the head 121 of the input device 120 sequentially displays the color corresponding to the "blood oxygen" option, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option, the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option, the color corresponding to the "exercise" option, and the color corresponding to the "blood pressure" option, respectively. That is, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120, respectively.

In the above, the distance that the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 corresponds to the number of columns in which the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up. The correspondence between the distance that the user slides upwards on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 and the number of columns that the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upwards is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In fig. 142 and 145, when the user slides up a certain distance on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves up, which is described by taking a column of the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moving up as an example.

In other embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, the sequence of colors of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes as the input device 120 is rotated, as does the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In the following, taking case 1 and case 2 as examples, how to adjust the menu displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described.

In case 1, when the user needs to adjust the display color of the currently selected menu option of the wearable device 100, the user may adjust the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 by adjusting the wearable device 100 to the mode of adjusting the display color of the currently selected menu option of the wearable device 100 through a corresponding operation.

The manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.

For example, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be to rotate the input device 120 or to click the input device 120.

In fig. 146, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120 is described by taking the example in which the user rotates the input device 120.

It should be appreciated that the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 according to embodiments of the present application is a color sequence that starts at a fixed position relative to the wearable device 100. For example, a surface of the input device 120 approximately parallel to a surface of the display 140 on which information is displayed is used as a starting point of a color sequence of light emitted from the input device 120. As another example, a location on the input device 120 that is substantially flush with the boundary of the display screen 140 may be used as a starting point for a color sequence of light emitted by the input device 120. As another example, a position on the input device 120 that is substantially flush with the position of the first menu option displayed in the display screen 140 is used as a starting point for a color sequence of light emitted by the input device 120.

Wherein the color of the mth light in the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be predefined as the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, M may be a preset value. As another example, the plane in which the mth light emitted by the input device 120 appears on the input device is approximately parallel to the plane of the display screen of the wearable device 100 for display.

For example, as shown in fig. 146 (a), when the user rotates the input device 120, the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120 changes, and the color corresponding to the currently selected menu in the display 140 of the wearable device 100 changes.

As shown in the left-hand diagram of (a) in fig. 146, the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes the "blood saturation" option, the "activity recording" option, the "sleep" option, and the "heart rate" option on the current display page displayed. Wherein, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option is red R, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option is orange O, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option is green G.

At this time, purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120 (the left side of (a) in fig. 146 is not shown).

As shown in the left side diagram of (a) in fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color sequence displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120 changes. As shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 146 (a), pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y (the color of the mth light), green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120, respectively.

Meanwhile, as shown in the right-hand diagram of (a) in fig. 146, the display color of the currently selected menu option in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is adjusted to the color of the mth light, i.e., Y.

In case 2, the user makes a corresponding adjustment to the menu options displayed in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120.

For example, after the wearable device 100 detects that the input device 120 is rotated, the wearable device 100 detects a color sequence of light emitted from the input device 120, and displays menu options of which display colors correspond to the colors of the light emitted from the input device 120 in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 according to the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120.

Illustratively, as shown in (b) of fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120, the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120 changes, and the color of the menu displayed on the display 140 of the wearable device 100 changes accordingly.

As shown in the left side diagram of (b) in fig. 146, the "blood saturation" option, the "activity recording" option, the "sleep" option, and the "heart rate" option are included on the current display page displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100. Wherein, the color corresponding to the "blood saturation" option is red R, the color corresponding to the "activity record" option is orange O, the color corresponding to the "sleep" option is yellow Y, and the color corresponding to the "heart rate" option is green G.

At this time, violet P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120, respectively (the left side of (B) in fig. 146 is not shown).

As shown in the left side diagram of (b) in fig. 146, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color sequence displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120 changes. As shown in the right side of (B) of fig. 146, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue violet S are sequentially displayed on the head 121 of the input device 120, respectively.

At the same time, the order of the colors of the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is displayed in the sequence of colors displayed at this time by the input device 120.

Optionally, the wearable device 100 may further select, according to the color (Y) of the mth light, an option of displaying the color Y among the original menu options.

Optionally, at this point, the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be moved. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram of (b) in fig. 146, the menu options displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 include an "activity recording" option, a "sleep" option, a "heart rate" option, and a "sports" option. So that the "blood saturation" option is not displayed and the "sports" option is displayed.

In addition, the currently displayed page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 includes options that are not displayed. For example, the options not shown may include a "blood pressure" option. The "blood pressure" option may be in the next column of the "sports" option.

The embodiment of the present application does not limit the correspondence between the angle at which the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 and the number of columns in which the position of each option displayed on the current display page displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 moves upward.

In yet another implementation, the light emitted by the input device 120 presents a display color for all of the themes of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In an embodiment in which the light sources of the light emitting unit 1100 are independent light sources, the processor 110 may obtain the display colors of a plurality of themes of the wearable device 100 including the display color of the current theme. The number of display colors of the subject to be acquired by the processor 110 may be related to the number of colors of light that can be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. The display colors of the plurality of topics may further include display colors of topics adjacent to the current topic in the topic color list, in addition to display colors of the current topic. In the case where one of the three primary colors exists in the display colors of the plurality of subjects of the wearable device 100 and the number of the light switches is three, the processor 110 instructs the light switch corresponding to the display color of the subject which is one of the three primary colors among the display colors of the plurality of subjects to be in an on state, and the other light switches to be in an off state, thereby emitting light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. When the display color of the theme of the wearable apparatus 100 is not one of the three primary colors, the processor 110 may control the light emission intensities of the three primary color light sources of the independent light sources so as to emit light from the input apparatus 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of a plurality of subjects.

In embodiments where the light source of the light emitting unit 1100 is an optical signal passing through the display screen 140, the wearable device 100 further comprises a plurality of adjustable filters. The number of the tunable filter may be related to the number of colors of light that may be independently transmitted by the light transmission structure. Each tunable filter is disposed between the light guide post 1172 and the light transmission structure that can independently transmit light, and each tunable filter is coupled to the processor 110. The processor 110 may adjust the transmitted light color of each of the tunable filters such that the light passing through each of the tunable filters is a light of a particular wavelength. Thereby realizing that the color of the light emitted from the input device 120 is the display color of a plurality of subjects.

In some embodiments, the wearable device 100 may determine the current theme of the wearable device 100 by the location where the current focus of the wearable device 100 is displayed on the display screen 140.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the theme color sequence by respectively obtaining the display colors of the plurality of themes of the wearable device 100 including the display color of the current theme in the order in which the display colors of the respective themes are displayed in the theme color list. The processor 110 sequentially transmits light out of the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure in the order of the colors in the subject color sequence. Thereby enabling the colors of the light rays emitted from the input device 120 to be displayed in the order in which the respective subjects are displayed in the subject color list.

In some embodiments, the processor 110 may obtain the display color of each theme according to the display color of each theme in the order of displaying the display colors of the theme color list, to obtain the theme color sequence. The processor 110 sequentially transmits light out of the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure in the order of the colors in the subject color sequence. Thereby enabling the colors of the light rays emitted from the input device 120 to be displayed in the order in which the respective subjects are displayed in the subject color list.

For example, as shown in fig. 147, the theme color list of the wearable apparatus 100 has colors of purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S in order. The theme color of the current wearable device is orange O.

At this time, the processor 110 may obtain the current theme color and the 3 main colors before and after the current main color according to the color sequence in the theme color list of the wearable apparatus 100, to obtain the theme color sequence.

For example, the subject color sequence is { purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B }.

The processor 110 sequentially transmits light from the input device 120 through the corresponding light transmission structure according to the theme color sequence, so that the colors of the light rays emitted by the input device 120 are displayed according to purple color P, pink color M, red color R, orange color O, yellow color Y, green color G and blue color B. I.e. the head 121 of the input device 120 is displayed in violet P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, respectively.

In some embodiments, the light emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may also highlight the display color of the current theme of the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

For example, as shown in fig. 147 and 148, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. At this time, the light of the same color as the display color (orange O) of the current subject emitted by the head 121 of the input device 120 may be a widened display.

In some embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, as the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 also changes.

The manner in which the color of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 is changed is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.

For example, the user may change the color of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 by sliding or clicking up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In fig. 147, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120 is described by taking as an example the manner in which the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

Illustratively, as shown in fig. 147, when the color sequence of the theme displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes, the color of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 147, the color of the subject currently displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. The input device 120 displays colors of purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B in order.

As the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may change. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram in fig. 147, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable apparatus 100 is yellow.

At this time, the color displayed by the input device 120 also changes. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 147, the input device 120 displays colors of purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue-violet S in this order.

Above, there is a correspondence between the distance the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (or the number of times the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100) and the number of times the color of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 changes. The correspondence between the distance the user slides upward on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 (or the number of times the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100) and the number of times the color of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

In fig. 147, when the user slides up on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 for a certain distance (or the user clicks on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100), the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by taking the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 as an example once.

In other embodiments, to enhance the user's experience, as the sequence of colors of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, the color of the theme displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 also changes.

When the user needs to adjust the display color of the current theme of the wearable apparatus 100, the user may adjust the wearable apparatus 100 to a mode of adjusting the display color of the current theme of the wearable apparatus 100 through a corresponding operation, and the user adjusts the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable apparatus 100 by changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input apparatus 120.

Wherein, the color of the mth light in the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120 may be predefined as the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100.

In fig. 148, the manner in which the user changes the color sequence of the light emitted from the input device 120 is described by taking the example in which the user rotates the input device 120.

Illustratively, as shown in FIG. 148, when the user rotates the input device 120, the sequence of colors of the light emitted by the input device 120 changes, as does the color of the theme displayed by the display 140 of the wearable device 100.

As shown in the left diagram of fig. 148, the color of the subject currently displayed by the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is orange O. The input device 120 displays colors of purple P, pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, and blue B in order.

When the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the color displayed by the input device 120 may also change. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram of fig. 148, the input device 120 displays the colors of pink M, red R, orange O, yellow Y, green G, blue B, and blue violet S in this order.

At this time, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable apparatus 100 may change. For example, as shown in the right-hand diagram in fig. 147, the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable apparatus 100 is yellow.

Optionally, after changing the color sequence of the light emitted by the input device 120, a palette corresponding to the color of the mth light may be displayed on the display interface of the wearable device 100, or the display color of the current theme in the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 may be adjusted to the color by selecting the same color on the palette according to the color of the mth light.

In fig. 148, when the user rotates the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 by a certain angle, the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 is described by taking the color change of the theme currently displayed on the display screen 140 of the wearable device 100 as an example.

In some embodiments, the input device 120 remains stationary, i.e., the input device 120 does not rotate, move, or be pressed, etc. In other embodiments, the input device 120 may be rotated, moved, pressed, etc. When a user performs ECG detection using the wearable device 100 as shown in fig. 101, the user needs to touch the finger on one hand of the user with the second electrode 850B on the input device 120, and if the rotation detection module detects that the input device 120 rotates at this time or the pressure sensor detects that the input device 120 is pressed or moved, there is an unstable contact between the user's finger and the second electrode 850B on the input device 120, thereby resulting in poor ECG detection effect. Or when the user uses the wearable device 100 to perform PPG detection, the user's finger needs to touch the outer end surface 121-a on the input device 120, if the rotation detection module detects that the input device 120 rotates, the capacitance sensor, the optical sensor, and/or the impedance measurement detects that the input device 120 is pressed or moved at this time, the contact between the user's finger and the input device 120 is unstable, so that the PPG detection effect is poor.

Accordingly, the embodiment of the present application further provides a locking mechanism 1200, where the locking mechanism 1200 may keep the input device 120 stable. Thereby improving the accuracy of the ECG or PPG detection of the wearable device 100.

When the sixth operation is detected, the input device 120 is fixed by the locking mechanism 1200 such that the input device 120 is not movable and/or not rotatable.

The sixth operation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of turning on the PPG detection function of the input device 120 and turning on the ECG detection function of the input device 120.

By way of example, as shown in fig. 149, the locking mechanism 1200 may include a motor 1210, a solenoid valve 1220, a brake block 1230, and a gear 1240. Wherein the bore of gear 1240 is matingly coupled to shaft 122 of input device 120, gear 1240 may be a unitary member with shaft 122, or gear 1240 may be fixedly coupled to shaft 122 in two members. The shaft 8311 of the motor 1210 is coupled to the hole of the first circuit board 111 in a mating manner, the solenoid valve 1220 is coupled to the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210 in a mating manner, the brake block 1230 and the motor 1210 are disposed on both sides of the first circuit board 111 in an axial direction (for example, x-direction as shown in fig. 149) of the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210, the brake block 1230 is disposed on a side near the gear 1240, teeth mateable with the gear 1240 are disposed on a side of the brake block 1230, and the brake block 1230 is a magnet. Fixing the input device 120 by the locking mechanism 1200 includes the PPG sensor 130A or the ECG detection unit 840 sending an instruction to the processor 110 instructing the processor 110 to control the motor 1210 to be de-energized, the processor 110 receiving the instruction de-energizing the motor 1210 so that the magnetic field between the solenoid 1220 and the brake 1230 is lost, the brake 1230 moving towards the gear 1240 on the shaft 122 of the input device 120, the brake 1230 seizing the gear 1240 so that the gear 1240 is not rotating, thereby fixing the input device 110.

When the seventh operation is detected, the locking mechanism 1200 is disabled to make the input device 120 movable and/or rotatable.

The seventh operation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of turning off the PPG detection function of the input device 120 and turning off the ECG detection function of the input device 120.

In a state where the input device 120 is not fixed, the lock mechanism 1200 may be kept in the original state when the seventh operation is detected.

When the seventh operation is detected while the input device 120 is in a fixed state, the input device 120 needs to be released by the locking mechanism 1200.

In one implementation, the locking mechanism 1200 releases the input device 120 including the PPG sensor 130A or the ECG detecting unit 840 sending instructions to the processor 110 instructing the processor 110 to control the motor 1210 to energize, the processor 110 receiving the instructions, energizing the motor 1210 such that a magnetic field exists between the solenoid 1220 and the brake block 1230, the solenoid 1220 and the brake block 1230 attracting each other, the brake block 1230 and the gear 1240A first distance in an axial direction of the motor 1210 to release the input device. For example, as shown in (a) of fig. 149, a partial three-dimensional schematic view of the wearable device 100 including the locking mechanism 1200 is provided in a case where the motor 1210 is in an energized state.

With the motor 1210 in operation, a magnetic field exists between the solenoid 1220 and the brake shoe 1230, and the solenoid 1220 and the brake shoe 1230 will attract each other such that the brake shoe 1230 and the gear 1240 are spaced in an axial direction along the shaft 8311 of the motor 1210 (e.g., the x-direction as shown in fig. 149).

For example, as shown in (b) of fig. 149, a partial three-dimensional schematic of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 including the locking mechanism 1200 is locked.

As shown in fig. 150, is a process of changing a set of graphical user interfaces (GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE, GUIs).

For example, as shown in fig. 150 (a), the time is displayed on the display interface of the wristwatch. At this time, when the wristwatch detects that the user 30 operates the input device 110, for example, the user presses or double-clicks the input device 120, the wristwatch may display an interface as shown in (b) of fig. 150.

As shown in (b) of fig. 150, the wristwatch alerts the user whether to cancel the deadlock function through the display interface. The display interface displays the similar content of 'whether the crown/input key is locked or not and whether the locking function is cancelled'. The user can determine whether to cancel the lock function of the crown/input key by selecting "yes" or "no".

When the user clicks "yes", the watch may alert the user that the lock function of the crown/input key has been cancelled.

For example, as shown in (c) of fig. 150, the wristwatch displays "crown/input key can be operated" on the display interface of the wristwatch.

When the user clicks "no", the watch may alert the user that the crown/input keys have been locked.

For example, as shown in (d) of fig. 150, the wristwatch displays "crown/input key is locked" on the display interface of the wristwatch. At this time, the wristwatch may also display a schematic diagram on the display interface of the wristwatch in which the crown/input keys cannot be operated.

When a user wearing the wearable device 100 completes certain functions using the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, for example, the user turns on a photographing mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, an ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 detects light intensity of an environment in which the wearable device 100 is located, or the user turns on a light emitting mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, if the input device 120 is hidden by other objects (for example, a sleeve of the user), at this time, the effect of using certain functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is not good. It is desirable to enable telescoping of the input device 120.

In the embodiment of the present application, the photographing mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be understood as implementing the photographing function through the structure of the wearable device as described above in fig. 69 to 93.

In an embodiment of the present application, the lighting mode of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be understood as implementing the lighting function by the structure of the wearable device described in fig. 124 to 137 above. Therefore, the embodiment of the application further provides a telescopic mechanism 1300, and the telescopic mechanism 1300 can realize that the input device 120 stretches and contracts in the mounting hole 181, so that user experience is improved.

Fig. 151 is a wearable device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Here, (a) in fig. 151 is a three-dimensional structural schematic diagram of the wearable device 100. Fig. 151 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partial region of the wearable device 100.

As shown in fig. 151, the telescopic mechanism 1300 includes a motor 1310, a gear 1320, and a nut 1330. Wherein the inner hole of the nut 1330 is connected with the rod portion 122 of the input device 120 in a matching way, the inner thread of the nut 1330 is connected with the outer thread on the rod portion 122 of the input device 120 in a threaded way, and the side of the nut 1330 away from the head portion 121 of the input device 120 is provided with teeth capable of meshing with the gear 1320. The shaft of the motor 1310 is coupled to the hole of the first circuit board 111, and the inner hole of the gear 1320 is coupled to the shaft of the motor 1310.

As shown in (a) of fig. 149, is a partial three-dimensional schematic of the wearable device 100 including the locking mechanism 1200 by default.

In a case that the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 detects that the wearable device 100 meets a third preset condition, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the telescopic mechanism 1300 to drive the input device 120 to move along the axial direction of the rod portion 122. Specifically, the processor 110 may control the motor 1310 to be energized, the motor 1310 drives the gear 1320 on the shaft of the motor 1310 to rotate, the gear 1320 and the teeth on the nut 1330 are meshed, so that the nut 1330 rotates, and the internal thread of the nut 1330 is in threaded connection with the external thread on the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, so that the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120 moves along the axial direction of the shaft portion 122 of the input device 120, so as to implement the expansion and contraction of the input device 120 in the mounting hole 181.

The third preset condition may be a seventh operation by the user including, but not limited to, at least one of an operation to turn on a photographing mode of the input device 120, an operation to turn on a light emitting mode of the input device 120, and an operation to turn on an ambient light detecting mode of the input device 120.

In an embodiment of the present application, the ambient light detection mode of the input device 120 may be understood as implementing the ambient light detection function through the structure of the wearable device as described above with reference to fig. 111 and 123.

The third preset condition further includes, but is not limited to, at least one of an ambient light detection unit detecting that the light intensity of the environment in which the wearable device 100 is located is less than a preset value, and the wearable device 100 detecting that a user wearing the wearable device 100 is in a motion state.

For example, when the intensity of the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 is less than the threshold, at this time, the processor 110 may control the motor 1310 to rotate, extend the input device 120 a certain distance out of the wearable device 100, the wearable device 100 may complete re-measurement of the intensity of the ambient light, compare the intensities of the ambient light measured before and after, and when the difference value of the intensities of the ambient light measured before and after is greater than the preset value of the intensity, the wearable device 100 may determine that the intensity of the ambient light measured before is inaccurate, and the wearable device 100 may discard the intensity of the ambient light measured before, thereby improving the accuracy of the ambient light detection of the wearable device 100.

For example, it may be understood that the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 may be blocked by other objects when the light intensity variance value of the ambient light measured front and back is greater than the light intensity preset value. For example, the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is obscured by a sleeve of a user wearing the wearable device 100.

For example, a light intensity difference value of ambient light measured front and back being greater than a light intensity preset value may be understood as a user wearing the wearable device 100 may be in a motion state.

For another example, the light intensity of the ambient light detected by the ambient light detection unit of the wearable device 100 is smaller than the threshold, at this time, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate for different turns, stretch the input device 120 out of the wearable device 100 for different distances, so as to implement measurement of multiple groups of ambient light parameters of the wearable device 100, so that the wearable device 100 may determine, according to the multiple groups of ambient light parameters, a result of detection of the final ambient light parameter, thereby improving the accuracy of ambient light detection of the wearable device 100.

For another example, when the user starts the photographing mode of the input device 120 or selects the specific photographing scene mode of the input device 120, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate for different rounds, so that the input device 120 extends out of the wearable device 100 for different distances, and the wearable device 100 takes multiple groups of photos of the user, so that the wearable device 100 may determine, according to the multiple groups of photos of the user that are taken, the distance that the input device 120 corresponding to the optimal photographing effect extends out of the wearable device 100, and when the user starts the photographing mode of the input device 120 or selects the specific photographing scene mode of the input device 120, the input device 120 extends out of the wearable device 100 for a certain distance (the distance that the input device 120 corresponding to the optimal photographing effect extends out of the wearable device 100), thereby completing the photographing function of the user, so that the photographing effect of the wearable device 100 is better, and the user experience is improved.

For another example, when the user turns on the illumination mode of the input device 120, the processor 110 of the wearable device 100 may control the motor 1310 to rotate, extending the input device 120 a distance out of the wearable device 100, thereby increasing the area illuminated by the wearable device 100 and improving the user experience.

With the wearable device 100 including the telescopic mechanism 1300, when a user uses some functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100, the input device 120 can be extended out of the wearable device 100 through the telescopic mechanism 1300, so that the effect of using some functions of the input device 120 of the wearable device 100 is improved, and the user experience is improved.

It should be understood that in embodiments of the present application, the terms "connected," "fixedly connected," "rotatably connected," and "contacted," are to be construed broadly, unless explicitly stated or limited otherwise. The specific meaning of the various terms described above in embodiments of the present application will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art as the case may be.

For example, the connection may be a fixed connection, a rotating connection, a flexible connection, a mobile connection, an integrated connection, an electrical connection, or the like, or may be directly connected, or may be indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, or may be internal communication between two elements or an interaction relationship between two elements.

For example, for a "fixed connection" it may be that one element is directly or indirectly fixedly connected to another element, and the fixed connection may include mechanical connection, welding, bonding, etc., where the mechanical connection may include riveting, bolting, screwing, keying, snap-in connection, plugging, etc., and the bonding may include adhesive bonding, solvent bonding, etc.

Illustratively, with respect to "rotational coupling," it is understood that the two elements may be rotated relative to one another, and that the angle of relative rotation between the particular elements is not limited in any way. For example, the rotational connection may include a hinge or the like.

For example, the explanation of "contact" may be that one element is in direct contact with another element or in indirect contact, and furthermore, the contact between two elements described in the embodiments of the present application may be understood as a contact within an allowable range of mounting error, and there may be a small gap due to the mounting error.

It should also be understood that the description of embodiments of the present application as "parallel" or "perpendicular" may be understood as "approximately parallel" or "approximately perpendicular".

It should be further understood that the terms "center," "longitudinal," "transverse," "length," "width," "thickness," "upper," "lower," "front," "rear," "left," "right," "vertical," "horizontal," "top," "bottom," "inner," "outer," and the like indicate or are based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the drawings, merely to facilitate describing the application and simplifying the description, and do not indicate or imply that the devices or elements referred to must have a particular orientation, be constructed and operated in a particular orientation, and thus should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the application.

It should be noted that the terms "first," "second," and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying a relative importance or implying a number of technical features being indicated. Features defining "first", "second" may include one or more such features, either explicitly or implicitly.

In embodiments of the present application, "at least one" means one or more, and "a plurality" means two or more. "at least part of an element" means part or all of the element. "and/or" describes an association of associated objects, meaning that there may be three relationships, e.g., A and/or B, and that there may be A alone, both A and B, and B alone, where A, B may be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the context-dependent object is an "or" relationship.

The foregoing is merely illustrative of the present application, and the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art will readily recognize that variations or substitutions are within the scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims

1. A wearable device, comprising:

A housing (180) including a mounting hole (181);

the input device (120) comprises a rod part (122) and a head part (121) which are connected, the rod part (122) is arranged on the shell (180) through the mounting hole (181), the head part (121) is arranged at one end of the rod part (122), and the head part (121) is positioned at the outer side of the mounting hole (181);

A circuit board (111) disposed within the housing (180);

A processor (110) and a fingerprint sensor (130C), wherein the processor (110) and the fingerprint sensor (130C) are both connected with the circuit board (111), the processor (110) is arranged in the housing (180), the fingerprint sensor (130C) is arranged in the rod portion (122) or the head portion (121), and the fingerprint sensor (130C) is used for receiving signals from the head portion (121) and performing fingerprint identification through the processor (110);

A connector (200), at least part of the connector (200) is arranged in the rod part (122), the connector (200) is arranged between the circuit board (111) and the fingerprint sensor (130C), two ends of the connector (200) are respectively connected with the circuit board (111) and the fingerprint sensor (130C), the connector (200) comprises a first connecting piece (210) and a second connecting piece (220), the second connecting piece (220) and the first connecting piece (210) can rotate relatively,

The second connection member (220) includes a plurality of second electrodes arranged at intervals in an axial direction of the shaft portion (122),

The first connecting piece (210) comprises a plurality of first electrodes, the first electrodes are in an annular structure, one first electrode of any two first electrodes encloses the other first electrode, the first electrodes are in one-to-one correspondence with the second electrodes,

The second electrode is rotatable on the corresponding first electrode to contact the corresponding first electrode when the input device (120) is rotated to maintain the connection between the first connector (210) and the second connector (220).

2. The wearable device according to claim 1, characterized in that the fingerprint sensor (130C) is fixedly connected within the stem (122) or the head (121) to rotate the fingerprint sensor (130C) when the input device (120) is rotated,

The second connecting piece (220) is connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C), the first connecting piece (210) is connected with the circuit board (111), or the first connecting piece (210) is connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C), and the second connecting piece (220) is connected with the circuit board (111).

3. The wearable device according to claim 2, characterized in that the second connection (220) is provided within the stem (122), the first connection (210) being provided within the housing (180) and being located at a side of the stem (122) remote from the head (121).

4. A wearable device according to any of claims 1-3, characterized in that the second electrode comprises a connected metal strip (2211) and an elastic member (2212), the metal strip (2211) being in contact with the first electrode, the elastic member (2212) being connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C).

5. A wearable device according to any of claims 1-3, characterized in that the wearable device further comprises a switching means (400), the switching means (400) being arranged within the housing (180) and connected to the circuit board (111), an inner end surface of the stem (122) being contactable with the switching means (400) for pressing the switching means (400) when the input device (120) is pressed.

6. The wearable device according to claim 5, characterized in that the switching means (400) has a ring-shaped structure, the hollow area of which is used to avoid the connector (200).

7. A wearable device according to any of claims 1-3, characterized in that the fingerprint sensor (130C) is an optical fingerprint sensor or a capacitive sensor.

8. A wearable device, comprising:

A housing (180) including a mounting hole (181);

A circuit board (111) disposed within the housing (180);

The first connecting piece (210) comprises a first body (241) and at least one first metal piece (242) fixed on the first body (241), the first body (241) is in a cylindrical structure,

The second connecting piece (220) is sleeved in the first body (241) and is rotationally connected with the first connecting piece (210), and comprises a second body (251) and at least one second metal piece (252) fixed on the second body (251), wherein the second body (251) is in a cylindrical structure, at least one first metal piece (242) corresponds to at least one second metal piece (252) one by one,

When the input device (120) is rotated, one of the second connection member (220) or the first connection member (210) rotates and the other does not rotate, and the second metal member (252) may contact the corresponding first metal member (242) to maintain the connection between the first connection member (210) and the second connection member (220).

9. The wearable device according to claim 8, wherein the fingerprint sensor (130C) is fixedly connected within the stem (122) or the head (121) to rotate the fingerprint sensor (130C) when the input device (120) is rotated,

10. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that,

The first connecting piece (210) is arranged in the rod part (122) and has a gap with the rod part (122), the first metal piece (242) comprises a first connecting section (2422) and a first contact section (2421) which are connected, one end of the first connecting section (2422) is connected with the circuit board (111), the first contact section (2421) stretches into the first body (241),

The second metal piece (252) comprises a second connecting section (2522) and a second contact section (2521) which are connected, one end of the second connecting section (2522) is connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C), the second contact section (2521) is sleeved on the second body (251),

When the input device (120) is rotated and drives the fingerprint sensor (130C) to rotate, the second connection member (220) rotates and the first connection member (210) does not rotate, and the second contact section (2521) of the second metal member (252) can contact with the first contact section (2421) of the corresponding first metal member (242) to maintain the connection between the first connection member (210) and the second connection member (220).

11. The wearable device according to claim 10, characterized in that a first groove (2412) corresponding to the first metal piece (242) is provided on an outer wall of the first body (241), the first groove (2412) extends from the outer wall of the first body (241) to an end of the first body (241), an opening (2412-1) is provided on the first groove (2412), the first metal piece (242) is inserted into the first groove (2412) to be fixed on the first body (241), and the first contact section (2421) is located on the opening (2412-1).

12. The wearable device according to claim 11, characterized in that the first groove (2412) comprises a first groove section (2412-a) and a second groove section (2412-B), the first groove section (2412-a) being arranged along a circumferential direction of the first body (241) and being connected to the aperture (2412-1), the second groove section (2412-B) being arranged along an axial direction of the first body (241), and

The first connecting section (2422) comprises a ring-shaped section (2422-A) and an extending section (2422-B) which are connected, the ring-shaped section (2422-A) is inserted into the first groove section (2412-A), the extending section (2422-B) is inserted into the second groove section (2412-B), and one end of the extending section (2422-B) extending out of the first body (241) is connected with the circuit board (111).

13. The wearable device according to claim 10, wherein,

The second body (251) is provided with a through hole (2511) corresponding to the second metal piece (252), the second connecting section (2522) penetrates through the through hole (2511) to extend into the second body (251) and extend along the axial direction of the second body (251), and one end of the second connecting section (2522) extending out of the second body (251) is connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C).

14. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that the first metal piece (242) has elasticity.

15. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that,

The first connecting piece (210) is arranged in the rod part (122), the first metal piece (242) comprises a first connecting section (2422) and a first contact section (2421) which are connected, one end of the first connecting section (2422) is connected with the fingerprint sensor (130C), the first contact section (2421) is exposed in the first body (241),

The second metal piece (252) comprises a second connecting section (2522) and a second contact section (2521) which are connected, one end of the second connecting section (2522) is connected with the circuit board (111), the second contact section (2521) is sleeved on the second body (251),

When the input device (120) is rotated and drives the fingerprint sensor (130C) to rotate, the first connection member (210) rotates and the second connection member (220) does not rotate, and the first contact section (2421) of the first metal member (242) may contact the second contact section (2521) of the corresponding second metal member (252) to maintain the connection between the first connection member (210) and the second connection member (220).

16. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising a sensor (1301) for detecting a rotation or a movement of the input device (120), the sensor (1301) being connected to the circuit board (111) and protruding into a cavity (2501) of the second body (251).

17. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that the wearable device further comprises a switching means (400), the switching means (400) being provided within the housing (180) and connected with the circuit board (111), an inner end surface of the lever portion (122) being contactable with the switching means (400) to press the switching means (400) when the input device (120) is pressed.

18. The wearable device according to claim 17, characterized in that the switching means (400) has a ring-shaped structure, the hollow area of which is used to avoid the connector (200).

19. The wearable device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that the fingerprint sensor (130C) is an optical fingerprint sensor or a capacitive sensor.